* lisp/frame.el: Fix doc typo in previous
[emacs.git] / src / w32fns.c
blobbc95005f52a368d2291cf7d0ddd130c0a7a25590
1 /* Graphical user interface functions for the Microsoft Windows API.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1992-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* Added by Kevin Gallo */
22 #include <config.h>
24 #include <signal.h>
25 #include <stdio.h>
26 #include <limits.h>
27 #include <errno.h>
28 #include <math.h>
29 #include <fcntl.h>
30 #include <unistd.h>
32 #include "lisp.h"
33 #include "w32term.h"
34 #include "frame.h"
35 #include "window.h"
36 #include "character.h"
37 #include "buffer.h"
38 #include "intervals.h"
39 #include "dispextern.h"
40 #include "keyboard.h"
41 #include "blockinput.h"
42 #include "epaths.h"
43 #include "charset.h"
44 #include "coding.h"
45 #include "ccl.h"
46 #include "fontset.h"
47 #include "systime.h"
48 #include "termhooks.h"
50 #include "w32common.h"
52 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
53 #include "w32heap.h"
54 #include <mbstring.h>
55 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
57 #if CYGWIN
58 #include "cygw32.h"
59 #else
60 #include "w32.h"
61 #endif
63 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
65 #include <commctrl.h>
66 #include <commdlg.h>
67 #include <shellapi.h>
68 #include <ctype.h>
69 #include <winspool.h>
70 #include <objbase.h>
72 #include <dlgs.h>
73 #include <imm.h>
75 #include "font.h"
76 #include "w32font.h"
78 #ifndef FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS
79 #define FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS 0x2000
80 #endif
82 void syms_of_w32fns (void);
83 void globals_of_w32fns (void);
85 extern void free_frame_menubar (struct frame *);
86 extern int w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int, Lisp_Object);
87 extern void w32_menu_display_help (HWND, HMENU, UINT, UINT);
88 extern void w32_free_menu_strings (HWND);
89 extern const char *map_w32_filename (const char *, const char **);
90 extern char * w32_strerror (int error_no);
92 /* If non-NULL, a handle to a frame where to display the hourglass cursor. */
93 static HWND hourglass_hwnd = NULL;
95 #ifndef IDC_HAND
96 #define IDC_HAND MAKEINTRESOURCE(32649)
97 #endif
99 Lisp_Object Qsuppress_icon;
100 Lisp_Object Qundefined_color;
101 Lisp_Object Qcancel_timer;
102 Lisp_Object Qfont_param;
103 Lisp_Object Qhyper;
104 Lisp_Object Qsuper;
105 Lisp_Object Qmeta;
106 Lisp_Object Qalt;
107 Lisp_Object Qctrl;
108 Lisp_Object Qcontrol;
109 Lisp_Object Qshift;
110 static Lisp_Object Qgeometry, Qworkarea, Qmm_size, Qframes;
113 /* Prefix for system colors. */
114 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX "System"
115 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof (SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX) - 1)
117 /* State variables for emulating a three button mouse. */
118 #define LMOUSE 1
119 #define MMOUSE 2
120 #define RMOUSE 4
122 static int button_state = 0;
123 static W32Msg saved_mouse_button_msg;
124 static unsigned mouse_button_timer = 0; /* non-zero when timer is active */
125 static W32Msg saved_mouse_move_msg;
126 static unsigned mouse_move_timer = 0;
128 /* Window that is tracking the mouse. */
129 static HWND track_mouse_window;
131 /* Multi-monitor API definitions that are not pulled from the headers
132 since we are compiling for NT 4. */
133 #ifndef MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
134 #define MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST 2
135 #endif
136 #ifndef MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY
137 #define MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY 1
138 #endif
139 #ifndef SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN
140 #define SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN 76
141 #endif
142 #ifndef SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN
143 #define SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN 77
144 #endif
145 /* MinGW headers define MONITORINFO unconditionally, but MSVC ones don't.
146 To avoid a compile error on one or the other, redefine with a new name. */
147 struct MONITOR_INFO
149 DWORD cbSize;
150 RECT rcMonitor;
151 RECT rcWork;
152 DWORD dwFlags;
155 #ifndef CCHDEVICENAME
156 #define CCHDEVICENAME 32
157 #endif
158 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX
160 DWORD cbSize;
161 RECT rcMonitor;
162 RECT rcWork;
163 DWORD dwFlags;
164 char szDevice[CCHDEVICENAME];
167 /* Reportedly, MSVC does not have this in its headers. */
168 #if defined (_MSC_VER) && _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500
169 DECLARE_HANDLE(HMONITOR);
170 #endif
172 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * TrackMouseEvent_Proc)
173 (IN OUT LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT lpEventTrack);
174 typedef LONG (WINAPI * ImmGetCompositionString_Proc)
175 (IN HIMC context, IN DWORD index, OUT LPVOID buffer, IN DWORD bufLen);
176 typedef HIMC (WINAPI * ImmGetContext_Proc) (IN HWND window);
177 typedef HWND (WINAPI * ImmReleaseContext_Proc) (IN HWND wnd, IN HIMC context);
178 typedef HWND (WINAPI * ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc) (IN HIMC context,
179 IN COMPOSITIONFORM *form);
180 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI * MonitorFromPoint_Proc) (IN POINT pt, IN DWORD flags);
181 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * GetMonitorInfo_Proc)
182 (IN HMONITOR monitor, OUT struct MONITOR_INFO* info);
183 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI * MonitorFromWindow_Proc)
184 (IN HWND hwnd, IN DWORD dwFlags);
185 typedef BOOL CALLBACK (* MonitorEnum_Proc)
186 (IN HMONITOR monitor, IN HDC hdc, IN RECT *rcMonitor, IN LPARAM dwData);
187 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc)
188 (IN HDC hdc, IN RECT *rcClip, IN MonitorEnum_Proc fnEnum, IN LPARAM dwData);
190 TrackMouseEvent_Proc track_mouse_event_fn = NULL;
191 ImmGetCompositionString_Proc get_composition_string_fn = NULL;
192 ImmGetContext_Proc get_ime_context_fn = NULL;
193 ImmReleaseContext_Proc release_ime_context_fn = NULL;
194 ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc set_ime_composition_window_fn = NULL;
195 MonitorFromPoint_Proc monitor_from_point_fn = NULL;
196 GetMonitorInfo_Proc get_monitor_info_fn = NULL;
197 MonitorFromWindow_Proc monitor_from_window_fn = NULL;
198 EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc enum_display_monitors_fn = NULL;
200 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
201 #define unicode_append_menu AppendMenuW
202 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
203 extern AppendMenuW_Proc unicode_append_menu;
204 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
206 /* Flag to selectively ignore WM_IME_CHAR messages. */
207 static int ignore_ime_char = 0;
209 /* W95 mousewheel handler */
210 unsigned int msh_mousewheel = 0;
212 /* Timers */
213 #define MOUSE_BUTTON_ID 1
214 #define MOUSE_MOVE_ID 2
215 #define MENU_FREE_ID 3
216 /* The delay (milliseconds) before a menu is freed after WM_EXITMENULOOP
217 is received. */
218 #define MENU_FREE_DELAY 1000
219 static unsigned menu_free_timer = 0;
221 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
222 static int image_cache_refcount, dpyinfo_refcount;
223 #endif
225 static HWND w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd;
227 static int w32_unicode_gui;
229 /* From w32menu.c */
230 extern HMENU current_popup_menu;
231 static int menubar_in_use = 0;
233 /* From w32uniscribe.c */
234 extern void syms_of_w32uniscribe (void);
235 extern int uniscribe_available;
237 /* Function prototypes for hourglass support. */
238 static void w32_show_hourglass (struct frame *);
239 static void w32_hide_hourglass (void);
241 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
242 /* From w32inevt.c */
243 extern int faked_key;
244 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
246 /* This gives us the page size and the size of the allocation unit on NT. */
247 SYSTEM_INFO sysinfo_cache;
249 /* This gives us version, build, and platform identification. */
250 OSVERSIONINFO osinfo_cache;
252 DWORD_PTR syspage_mask = 0;
254 /* The major and minor versions of NT. */
255 int w32_major_version;
256 int w32_minor_version;
257 int w32_build_number;
259 /* Distinguish between Windows NT and Windows 95. */
260 int os_subtype;
262 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
263 HINSTANCE hinst = NULL;
264 #endif
266 static unsigned int sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
267 #define MB_EMACS_SILENT (0xFFFFFFFF - 1)
269 /* Let the user specify a display with a frame.
270 nil stands for the selected frame--or, if that is not a w32 frame,
271 the first display on the list. */
273 struct w32_display_info *
274 check_x_display_info (Lisp_Object frame)
276 if (NILP (frame))
278 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame);
280 if (FRAME_W32_P (sf) && FRAME_LIVE_P (sf))
281 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (sf);
282 else
283 return &one_w32_display_info;
285 else if (STRINGP (frame))
286 return x_display_info_for_name (frame);
287 else
289 struct frame *f;
291 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame);
292 f = XFRAME (frame);
293 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
294 error ("Non-W32 frame used");
295 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
299 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an w32 window.
300 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
302 struct frame *
303 x_window_to_frame (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo, HWND wdesc)
305 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
306 struct frame *f;
308 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
310 f = XFRAME (frame);
311 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) != dpyinfo)
312 continue;
314 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == wdesc)
315 return f;
317 return 0;
321 static Lisp_Object unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object);
322 static void unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object);
323 static void my_create_window (struct frame *);
324 static void my_create_tip_window (struct frame *);
326 /* TODO: Native Input Method support; see x_create_im. */
327 void x_set_foreground_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
328 void x_set_background_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
329 void x_set_mouse_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
330 void x_set_cursor_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
331 void x_set_border_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
332 void x_set_cursor_type (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
333 void x_set_icon_type (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
334 void x_set_icon_name (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
335 void x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
336 void x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
337 void x_set_title (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
338 void x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
343 /* Store the screen positions of frame F into XPTR and YPTR.
344 These are the positions of the containing window manager window,
345 not Emacs's own window. */
347 void
348 x_real_positions (struct frame *f, int *xptr, int *yptr)
350 POINT pt;
351 RECT rect;
353 /* Get the bounds of the WM window. */
354 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
356 pt.x = 0;
357 pt.y = 0;
359 /* Convert (0, 0) in the client area to screen co-ordinates. */
360 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &pt);
362 /* Remember x_pixels_diff and y_pixels_diff. */
363 f->x_pixels_diff = pt.x - rect.left;
364 f->y_pixels_diff = pt.y - rect.top;
366 *xptr = rect.left;
367 *yptr = rect.top;
370 /* Returns the window rectangle appropriate for the given fullscreen mode.
371 The normal rect parameter was the window's rectangle prior to entering
372 fullscreen mode. If multiple monitor support is available, the nearest
373 monitor to the window is chosen. */
375 void
376 w32_fullscreen_rect (HWND hwnd, int fsmode, RECT normal, RECT *rect)
378 struct MONITOR_INFO mi = { sizeof(mi) };
379 if (monitor_from_window_fn && get_monitor_info_fn)
381 HMONITOR monitor =
382 monitor_from_window_fn (hwnd, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
383 get_monitor_info_fn (monitor, &mi);
385 else
387 mi.rcMonitor.left = 0;
388 mi.rcMonitor.top = 0;
389 mi.rcMonitor.right = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXSCREEN);
390 mi.rcMonitor.bottom = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYSCREEN);
391 mi.rcWork.left = 0;
392 mi.rcWork.top = 0;
393 mi.rcWork.right = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMAXIMIZED);
394 mi.rcWork.bottom = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMAXIMIZED);
397 switch (fsmode)
399 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH:
400 rect->left = mi.rcMonitor.left;
401 rect->top = mi.rcMonitor.top;
402 rect->right = mi.rcMonitor.right;
403 rect->bottom = mi.rcMonitor.bottom;
404 break;
405 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH:
406 rect->left = mi.rcWork.left;
407 rect->top = normal.top;
408 rect->right = mi.rcWork.right;
409 rect->bottom = normal.bottom;
410 break;
411 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT:
412 rect->left = normal.left;
413 rect->top = mi.rcWork.top;
414 rect->right = normal.right;
415 rect->bottom = mi.rcWork.bottom;
416 break;
417 default:
418 *rect = normal;
419 break;
425 DEFUN ("w32-define-rgb-color", Fw32_define_rgb_color,
426 Sw32_define_rgb_color, 4, 4, 0,
427 doc: /* Convert RGB numbers to a Windows color reference and associate with NAME.
428 This adds or updates a named color to `w32-color-map', making it
429 available for use. The original entry's RGB ref is returned, or nil
430 if the entry is new. */)
431 (Lisp_Object red, Lisp_Object green, Lisp_Object blue, Lisp_Object name)
433 Lisp_Object rgb;
434 Lisp_Object oldrgb = Qnil;
435 Lisp_Object entry;
437 CHECK_NUMBER (red);
438 CHECK_NUMBER (green);
439 CHECK_NUMBER (blue);
440 CHECK_STRING (name);
442 XSETINT (rgb, RGB (XUINT (red), XUINT (green), XUINT (blue)));
444 block_input ();
446 /* replace existing entry in w32-color-map or add new entry. */
447 entry = Fassoc (name, Vw32_color_map);
448 if (NILP (entry))
450 entry = Fcons (name, rgb);
451 Vw32_color_map = Fcons (entry, Vw32_color_map);
453 else
455 oldrgb = Fcdr (entry);
456 Fsetcdr (entry, rgb);
459 unblock_input ();
461 return (oldrgb);
464 /* The default colors for the w32 color map */
465 typedef struct colormap_t
467 char *name;
468 COLORREF colorref;
469 } colormap_t;
471 colormap_t w32_color_map[] =
473 {"snow" , PALETTERGB (255,250,250)},
474 {"ghost white" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
475 {"GhostWhite" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
476 {"white smoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
477 {"WhiteSmoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
478 {"gainsboro" , PALETTERGB (220,220,220)},
479 {"floral white" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
480 {"FloralWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
481 {"old lace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
482 {"OldLace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
483 {"linen" , PALETTERGB (250,240,230)},
484 {"antique white" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
485 {"AntiqueWhite" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
486 {"papaya whip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
487 {"PapayaWhip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
488 {"blanched almond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
489 {"BlanchedAlmond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
490 {"bisque" , PALETTERGB (255,228,196)},
491 {"peach puff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
492 {"PeachPuff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
493 {"navajo white" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
494 {"NavajoWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
495 {"moccasin" , PALETTERGB (255,228,181)},
496 {"cornsilk" , PALETTERGB (255,248,220)},
497 {"ivory" , PALETTERGB (255,255,240)},
498 {"lemon chiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
499 {"LemonChiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
500 {"seashell" , PALETTERGB (255,245,238)},
501 {"honeydew" , PALETTERGB (240,255,240)},
502 {"mint cream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
503 {"MintCream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
504 {"azure" , PALETTERGB (240,255,255)},
505 {"alice blue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
506 {"AliceBlue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
507 {"lavender" , PALETTERGB (230,230,250)},
508 {"lavender blush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
509 {"LavenderBlush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
510 {"misty rose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
511 {"MistyRose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
512 {"white" , PALETTERGB (255,255,255)},
513 {"black" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
514 {"dark slate gray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
515 {"DarkSlateGray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
516 {"dark slate grey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
517 {"DarkSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
518 {"dim gray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
519 {"DimGray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
520 {"dim grey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
521 {"DimGrey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
522 {"slate gray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
523 {"SlateGray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
524 {"slate grey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
525 {"SlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
526 {"light slate gray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
527 {"LightSlateGray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
528 {"light slate grey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
529 {"LightSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
530 {"gray" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
531 {"grey" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
532 {"light grey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
533 {"LightGrey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
534 {"light gray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
535 {"LightGray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
536 {"midnight blue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
537 {"MidnightBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
538 {"navy" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
539 {"navy blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
540 {"NavyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
541 {"cornflower blue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
542 {"CornflowerBlue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
543 {"dark slate blue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
544 {"DarkSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
545 {"slate blue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
546 {"SlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
547 {"medium slate blue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
548 {"MediumSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
549 {"light slate blue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
550 {"LightSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
551 {"medium blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
552 {"MediumBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
553 {"royal blue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
554 {"RoyalBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
555 {"blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,255)},
556 {"dodger blue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
557 {"DodgerBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
558 {"deep sky blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
559 {"DeepSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
560 {"sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
561 {"SkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
562 {"light sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
563 {"LightSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
564 {"steel blue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
565 {"SteelBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
566 {"light steel blue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
567 {"LightSteelBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
568 {"light blue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
569 {"LightBlue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
570 {"powder blue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
571 {"PowderBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
572 {"pale turquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
573 {"PaleTurquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
574 {"dark turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
575 {"DarkTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
576 {"medium turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
577 {"MediumTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
578 {"turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 64,224,208)},
579 {"cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,255)},
580 {"light cyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
581 {"LightCyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
582 {"cadet blue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
583 {"CadetBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
584 {"medium aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
585 {"MediumAquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
586 {"aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (127,255,212)},
587 {"dark green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
588 {"DarkGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
589 {"dark olive green" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
590 {"DarkOliveGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
591 {"dark sea green" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
592 {"DarkSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
593 {"sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
594 {"SeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
595 {"medium sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
596 {"MediumSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
597 {"light sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
598 {"LightSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
599 {"pale green" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
600 {"PaleGreen" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
601 {"spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
602 {"SpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
603 {"lawn green" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
604 {"LawnGreen" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
605 {"green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255, 0)},
606 {"chartreuse" , PALETTERGB (127,255, 0)},
607 {"medium spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
608 {"MediumSpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
609 {"green yellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
610 {"GreenYellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
611 {"lime green" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
612 {"LimeGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
613 {"yellow green" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
614 {"YellowGreen" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
615 {"forest green" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
616 {"ForestGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
617 {"olive drab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
618 {"OliveDrab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
619 {"dark khaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
620 {"DarkKhaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
621 {"khaki" , PALETTERGB (240,230,140)},
622 {"pale goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
623 {"PaleGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
624 {"light goldenrod yellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
625 {"LightGoldenrodYellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
626 {"light yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
627 {"LightYellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
628 {"yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255, 0)},
629 {"gold" , PALETTERGB (255,215, 0)},
630 {"light goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
631 {"LightGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
632 {"goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (218,165, 32)},
633 {"dark goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
634 {"DarkGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
635 {"rosy brown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
636 {"RosyBrown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
637 {"indian red" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
638 {"IndianRed" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
639 {"saddle brown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
640 {"SaddleBrown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
641 {"sienna" , PALETTERGB (160, 82, 45)},
642 {"peru" , PALETTERGB (205,133, 63)},
643 {"burlywood" , PALETTERGB (222,184,135)},
644 {"beige" , PALETTERGB (245,245,220)},
645 {"wheat" , PALETTERGB (245,222,179)},
646 {"sandy brown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
647 {"SandyBrown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
648 {"tan" , PALETTERGB (210,180,140)},
649 {"chocolate" , PALETTERGB (210,105, 30)},
650 {"firebrick" , PALETTERGB (178,34, 34)},
651 {"brown" , PALETTERGB (165,42, 42)},
652 {"dark salmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
653 {"DarkSalmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
654 {"salmon" , PALETTERGB (250,128,114)},
655 {"light salmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
656 {"LightSalmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
657 {"orange" , PALETTERGB (255,165, 0)},
658 {"dark orange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
659 {"DarkOrange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
660 {"coral" , PALETTERGB (255,127, 80)},
661 {"light coral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
662 {"LightCoral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
663 {"tomato" , PALETTERGB (255, 99, 71)},
664 {"orange red" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
665 {"OrangeRed" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
666 {"red" , PALETTERGB (255, 0, 0)},
667 {"hot pink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
668 {"HotPink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
669 {"deep pink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
670 {"DeepPink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
671 {"pink" , PALETTERGB (255,192,203)},
672 {"light pink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
673 {"LightPink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
674 {"pale violet red" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
675 {"PaleVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
676 {"maroon" , PALETTERGB (176, 48, 96)},
677 {"medium violet red" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
678 {"MediumVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
679 {"violet red" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
680 {"VioletRed" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
681 {"magenta" , PALETTERGB (255, 0,255)},
682 {"violet" , PALETTERGB (238,130,238)},
683 {"plum" , PALETTERGB (221,160,221)},
684 {"orchid" , PALETTERGB (218,112,214)},
685 {"medium orchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
686 {"MediumOrchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
687 {"dark orchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
688 {"DarkOrchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
689 {"dark violet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
690 {"DarkViolet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
691 {"blue violet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
692 {"BlueViolet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
693 {"purple" , PALETTERGB (160, 32,240)},
694 {"medium purple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
695 {"MediumPurple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
696 {"thistle" , PALETTERGB (216,191,216)},
697 {"gray0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
698 {"grey0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
699 {"dark grey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
700 {"DarkGrey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
701 {"dark gray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
702 {"DarkGray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
703 {"dark blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
704 {"DarkBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
705 {"dark cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
706 {"DarkCyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
707 {"dark magenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
708 {"DarkMagenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
709 {"dark red" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
710 {"DarkRed" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
711 {"light green" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
712 {"LightGreen" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
715 static Lisp_Object
716 w32_default_color_map (void)
718 int i;
719 colormap_t *pc = w32_color_map;
720 Lisp_Object cmap;
722 block_input ();
724 cmap = Qnil;
726 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (w32_color_map) / sizeof (w32_color_map[0]);
727 pc++, i++)
728 cmap = Fcons (Fcons (build_string (pc->name),
729 make_number (pc->colorref)),
730 cmap);
732 unblock_input ();
734 return (cmap);
737 DEFUN ("w32-default-color-map", Fw32_default_color_map, Sw32_default_color_map,
738 0, 0, 0, doc: /* Return the default color map. */)
739 (void)
741 return w32_default_color_map ();
744 static Lisp_Object
745 w32_color_map_lookup (const char *colorname)
747 Lisp_Object tail, ret = Qnil;
749 block_input ();
751 for (tail = Vw32_color_map; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
753 register Lisp_Object elt, tem;
755 elt = XCAR (tail);
756 if (!CONSP (elt)) continue;
758 tem = XCAR (elt);
760 if (lstrcmpi (SDATA (tem), colorname) == 0)
762 ret = Fcdr (elt);
763 break;
766 QUIT;
769 unblock_input ();
771 return ret;
775 static void
776 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (Lisp_Object *system_colors)
778 HKEY colors_key;
780 /* Other registry operations are done with input blocked. */
781 block_input ();
783 /* Look for "Control Panel/Colors" under User and Machine registry
784 settings. */
785 if (RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_CURRENT_USER, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
786 KEY_READ, &colors_key) == ERROR_SUCCESS
787 || RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
788 KEY_READ, &colors_key) == ERROR_SUCCESS)
790 /* List all keys. */
791 char color_buffer[64];
792 char full_name_buffer[MAX_PATH + SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN];
793 int index = 0;
794 DWORD name_size, color_size;
795 char *name_buffer = full_name_buffer + SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
797 name_size = sizeof (full_name_buffer) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
798 color_size = sizeof (color_buffer);
800 strcpy (full_name_buffer, SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX);
802 while (RegEnumValueA (colors_key, index, name_buffer, &name_size,
803 NULL, NULL, color_buffer, &color_size)
804 == ERROR_SUCCESS)
806 int r, g, b;
807 if (sscanf (color_buffer, " %u %u %u", &r, &g, &b) == 3)
808 *system_colors = Fcons (Fcons (build_string (full_name_buffer),
809 make_number (RGB (r, g, b))),
810 *system_colors);
812 name_size = sizeof (full_name_buffer) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
813 color_size = sizeof (color_buffer);
814 index++;
816 RegCloseKey (colors_key);
819 unblock_input ();
823 static Lisp_Object
824 x_to_w32_color (const char * colorname)
826 register Lisp_Object ret = Qnil;
828 block_input ();
830 if (colorname[0] == '#')
832 /* Could be an old-style RGB Device specification. */
833 int size = strlen (colorname + 1);
834 char *color = alloca (size + 1);
836 strcpy (color, colorname + 1);
837 if (size == 3 || size == 6 || size == 9 || size == 12)
839 UINT colorval;
840 int i, pos;
841 pos = 0;
842 size /= 3;
843 colorval = 0;
845 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
847 char *end;
848 char t;
849 unsigned long value;
851 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
852 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
853 our numbers, and we don't. */
854 if (!isxdigit (color[0]) || color[1] == 'x')
855 break;
856 t = color[size];
857 color[size] = '\0';
858 value = strtoul (color, &end, 16);
859 color[size] = t;
860 if (errno == ERANGE || end - color != size)
861 break;
862 switch (size)
864 case 1:
865 value = value * 0x10;
866 break;
867 case 2:
868 break;
869 case 3:
870 value /= 0x10;
871 break;
872 case 4:
873 value /= 0x100;
874 break;
876 colorval |= (value << pos);
877 pos += 0x8;
878 if (i == 2)
880 unblock_input ();
881 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
882 return ret;
884 color = end;
888 else if (strnicmp (colorname, "rgb:", 4) == 0)
890 const char *color;
891 UINT colorval;
892 int i, pos;
893 pos = 0;
895 colorval = 0;
896 color = colorname + 4;
897 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
899 char *end;
900 unsigned long value;
902 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
903 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
904 our numbers, and we don't. */
905 if (!isxdigit (color[0]) || color[1] == 'x')
906 break;
907 value = strtoul (color, &end, 16);
908 if (errno == ERANGE)
909 break;
910 switch (end - color)
912 case 1:
913 value = value * 0x10 + value;
914 break;
915 case 2:
916 break;
917 case 3:
918 value /= 0x10;
919 break;
920 case 4:
921 value /= 0x100;
922 break;
923 default:
924 value = ULONG_MAX;
926 if (value == ULONG_MAX)
927 break;
928 colorval |= (value << pos);
929 pos += 0x8;
930 if (i == 2)
932 if (*end != '\0')
933 break;
934 unblock_input ();
935 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
936 return ret;
938 if (*end != '/')
939 break;
940 color = end + 1;
943 else if (strnicmp (colorname, "rgbi:", 5) == 0)
945 /* This is an RGB Intensity specification. */
946 const char *color;
947 UINT colorval;
948 int i, pos;
949 pos = 0;
951 colorval = 0;
952 color = colorname + 5;
953 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
955 char *end;
956 double value;
957 UINT val;
959 value = strtod (color, &end);
960 if (errno == ERANGE)
961 break;
962 if (value < 0.0 || value > 1.0)
963 break;
964 val = (UINT)(0x100 * value);
965 /* We used 0x100 instead of 0xFF to give a continuous
966 range between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive. The next statement
967 fixes the 1.0 case. */
968 if (val == 0x100)
969 val = 0xFF;
970 colorval |= (val << pos);
971 pos += 0x8;
972 if (i == 2)
974 if (*end != '\0')
975 break;
976 unblock_input ();
977 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
978 return ret;
980 if (*end != '/')
981 break;
982 color = end + 1;
985 /* I am not going to attempt to handle any of the CIE color schemes
986 or TekHVC, since I don't know the algorithms for conversion to
987 RGB. */
989 /* If we fail to lookup the color name in w32_color_map, then check the
990 colorname to see if it can be crudely approximated: If the X color
991 ends in a number (e.g., "darkseagreen2"), strip the number and
992 return the result of looking up the base color name. */
993 ret = w32_color_map_lookup (colorname);
994 if (NILP (ret))
996 int len = strlen (colorname);
998 if (isdigit (colorname[len - 1]))
1000 char *ptr, *approx = alloca (len + 1);
1002 strcpy (approx, colorname);
1003 ptr = &approx[len - 1];
1004 while (ptr > approx && isdigit (*ptr))
1005 *ptr-- = '\0';
1007 ret = w32_color_map_lookup (approx);
1011 unblock_input ();
1012 return ret;
1015 void
1016 w32_regenerate_palette (struct frame *f)
1018 struct w32_palette_entry * list;
1019 LOGPALETTE * log_palette;
1020 HPALETTE new_palette;
1021 int i;
1023 /* don't bother trying to create palette if not supported */
1024 if (! FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->has_palette)
1025 return;
1027 log_palette = (LOGPALETTE *)
1028 alloca (sizeof (LOGPALETTE) +
1029 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors * sizeof (PALETTEENTRY));
1030 log_palette->palVersion = 0x300;
1031 log_palette->palNumEntries = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors;
1033 list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1034 for (i = 0;
1035 i < FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors;
1036 i++, list = list->next)
1037 log_palette->palPalEntry[i] = list->entry;
1039 new_palette = CreatePalette (log_palette);
1041 enter_crit ();
1043 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette)
1044 DeleteObject (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette);
1045 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette = new_palette;
1047 /* Realize display palette and garbage all frames. */
1048 release_frame_dc (f, get_frame_dc (f));
1050 leave_crit ();
1053 #define W32_COLOR(pe) RGB (pe.peRed, pe.peGreen, pe.peBlue)
1054 #define SET_W32_COLOR(pe, color) \
1055 do \
1057 pe.peRed = GetRValue (color); \
1058 pe.peGreen = GetGValue (color); \
1059 pe.peBlue = GetBValue (color); \
1060 pe.peFlags = 0; \
1061 } while (0)
1063 #if 0
1064 /* Keep these around in case we ever want to track color usage. */
1065 void
1066 w32_map_color (struct frame *f, COLORREF color)
1068 struct w32_palette_entry * list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1070 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1071 return;
1073 /* check if color is already mapped */
1074 while (list)
1076 if (W32_COLOR (list->entry) == color)
1078 ++list->refcount;
1079 return;
1081 list = list->next;
1084 /* not already mapped, so add to list and recreate Windows palette */
1085 list = xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry));
1086 SET_W32_COLOR (list->entry, color);
1087 list->refcount = 1;
1088 list->next = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1089 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list = list;
1090 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors++;
1092 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1093 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette = TRUE;
1096 void
1097 w32_unmap_color (struct frame *f, COLORREF color)
1099 struct w32_palette_entry * list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1100 struct w32_palette_entry **prev = &FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1102 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1103 return;
1105 /* check if color is already mapped */
1106 while (list)
1108 if (W32_COLOR (list->entry) == color)
1110 if (--list->refcount == 0)
1112 *prev = list->next;
1113 xfree (list);
1114 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors--;
1115 break;
1117 else
1118 return;
1120 prev = &list->next;
1121 list = list->next;
1124 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1125 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette = TRUE;
1127 #endif
1130 /* Gamma-correct COLOR on frame F. */
1132 void
1133 gamma_correct (struct frame *f, COLORREF *color)
1135 if (f->gamma)
1137 *color = PALETTERGB (
1138 pow (GetRValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1139 pow (GetGValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1140 pow (GetBValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5);
1145 /* Decide if color named COLOR is valid for the display associated with
1146 the selected frame; if so, return the rgb values in COLOR_DEF.
1147 If ALLOC is nonzero, allocate a new colormap cell. */
1150 w32_defined_color (struct frame *f, const char *color, XColor *color_def, int alloc)
1152 register Lisp_Object tem;
1153 COLORREF w32_color_ref;
1155 tem = x_to_w32_color (color);
1157 if (!NILP (tem))
1159 if (f)
1161 /* Apply gamma correction. */
1162 w32_color_ref = XUINT (tem);
1163 gamma_correct (f, &w32_color_ref);
1164 XSETINT (tem, w32_color_ref);
1167 /* Map this color to the palette if it is enabled. */
1168 if (!NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1170 struct w32_palette_entry * entry =
1171 one_w32_display_info.color_list;
1172 struct w32_palette_entry ** prev =
1173 &one_w32_display_info.color_list;
1175 /* check if color is already mapped */
1176 while (entry)
1178 if (W32_COLOR (entry->entry) == XUINT (tem))
1179 break;
1180 prev = &entry->next;
1181 entry = entry->next;
1184 if (entry == NULL && alloc)
1186 /* not already mapped, so add to list */
1187 entry = xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry));
1188 SET_W32_COLOR (entry->entry, XUINT (tem));
1189 entry->next = NULL;
1190 *prev = entry;
1191 one_w32_display_info.num_colors++;
1193 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1194 one_w32_display_info.regen_palette = TRUE;
1197 /* Ensure COLORREF value is snapped to nearest color in (default)
1198 palette by simulating the PALETTERGB macro. This works whether
1199 or not the display device has a palette. */
1200 w32_color_ref = XUINT (tem) | 0x2000000;
1202 color_def->pixel = w32_color_ref;
1203 color_def->red = GetRValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1204 color_def->green = GetGValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1205 color_def->blue = GetBValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1207 return 1;
1209 else
1211 return 0;
1215 /* Given a string ARG naming a color, compute a pixel value from it
1216 suitable for screen F.
1217 If F is not a color screen, return DEF (default) regardless of what
1218 ARG says. */
1221 x_decode_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, int def)
1223 XColor cdef;
1225 CHECK_STRING (arg);
1227 if (strcmp (SDATA (arg), "black") == 0)
1228 return BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f);
1229 else if (strcmp (SDATA (arg), "white") == 0)
1230 return WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f);
1232 if ((FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_planes * FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_cbits) == 1)
1233 return def;
1235 /* w32_defined_color is responsible for coping with failures
1236 by looking for a near-miss. */
1237 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (arg), &cdef, 1))
1238 return cdef.pixel;
1240 /* defined_color failed; return an ultimate default. */
1241 return def;
1246 /* Functions called only from `x_set_frame_param'
1247 to set individual parameters.
1249 If FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) is 0,
1250 the frame is being created and its window does not exist yet.
1251 In that case, just record the parameter's new value
1252 in the standard place; do not attempt to change the window. */
1254 void
1255 x_set_foreground_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1257 struct w32_output *x = f->output_data.w32;
1258 PIX_TYPE fg, old_fg;
1260 fg = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1261 old_fg = FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1262 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f) = fg;
1264 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1266 if (x->cursor_pixel == old_fg)
1268 x->cursor_pixel = fg;
1269 x->cursor_gc->background = fg;
1272 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qforeground_color, arg);
1273 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1274 redraw_frame (f);
1278 void
1279 x_set_background_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1281 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
1282 = x_decode_color (f, arg, WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1284 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1286 SetWindowLong (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX,
1287 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
1289 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qbackground_color, arg);
1291 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1292 redraw_frame (f);
1296 void
1297 x_set_mouse_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1299 Cursor cursor, nontext_cursor, mode_cursor, hand_cursor;
1300 int count;
1301 int mask_color;
1303 if (!EQ (Qnil, arg))
1304 f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel
1305 = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1306 mask_color = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1308 /* Don't let pointers be invisible. */
1309 if (mask_color == f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel
1310 && mask_color == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f))
1311 f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel = FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1313 #if 0 /* TODO : Mouse cursor customization. */
1314 block_input ();
1316 /* It's not okay to crash if the user selects a screwy cursor. */
1317 count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1319 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_pointer_shape))
1321 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_pointer_shape);
1322 cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XINT (Vx_pointer_shape));
1324 else
1325 cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_xterm);
1326 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad text pointer cursor: %s");
1328 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_nontext_pointer_shape))
1330 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape);
1331 nontext_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1332 XINT (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape));
1334 else
1335 nontext_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_left_ptr);
1336 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1338 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape))
1340 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape);
1341 hourglass_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1342 XINT (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape));
1344 else
1345 hourglass_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_watch);
1346 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad busy pointer cursor: %s");
1348 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1349 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_mode_pointer_shape))
1351 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_mode_pointer_shape);
1352 mode_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1353 XINT (Vx_mode_pointer_shape));
1355 else
1356 mode_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_xterm);
1357 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad modeline pointer cursor: %s");
1359 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape))
1361 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape);
1362 hand_cursor
1363 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1364 XINT (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape));
1366 else
1367 hand_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_crosshair);
1369 if (!NILP (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape))
1371 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape);
1372 horizontal_drag_cursor
1373 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
1374 XINT (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape));
1376 else
1377 horizontal_drag_cursor
1378 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XC_sb_h_double_arrow);
1380 if (!NILP (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape))
1382 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape);
1383 vertical_drag_cursor
1384 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
1385 XINT (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape));
1387 else
1388 vertical_drag_cursor
1389 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XC_sb_v_double_arrow);
1391 /* Check and report errors with the above calls. */
1392 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "can't set cursor shape: %s");
1393 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), count);
1396 XColor fore_color, back_color;
1398 fore_color.pixel = f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel;
1399 back_color.pixel = mask_color;
1400 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1401 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1402 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f))),
1403 &fore_color);
1404 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1405 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1406 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f))),
1407 &back_color);
1408 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), cursor,
1409 &fore_color, &back_color);
1410 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), nontext_cursor,
1411 &fore_color, &back_color);
1412 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), mode_cursor,
1413 &fore_color, &back_color);
1414 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), hand_cursor,
1415 &fore_color, &back_color);
1416 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), hourglass_cursor,
1417 &fore_color, &back_color);
1420 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1421 XDefineCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), cursor);
1423 if (cursor != f->output_data.w32->text_cursor && f->output_data.w32->text_cursor != 0)
1424 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->text_cursor);
1425 f->output_data.w32->text_cursor = cursor;
1427 if (nontext_cursor != f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor
1428 && f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor != 0)
1429 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor);
1430 f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor = nontext_cursor;
1432 if (hourglass_cursor != f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor
1433 && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor != 0)
1434 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
1435 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor = hourglass_cursor;
1437 if (mode_cursor != f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor
1438 && f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor != 0)
1439 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor);
1440 f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor = mode_cursor;
1442 if (hand_cursor != f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor
1443 && f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor != 0)
1444 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor);
1445 f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor = hand_cursor;
1447 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1448 unblock_input ();
1450 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qmouse_color, arg);
1451 #endif /* TODO */
1454 void
1455 x_set_cursor_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1457 unsigned long fore_pixel, pixel;
1459 if (!NILP (Vx_cursor_fore_pixel))
1460 fore_pixel = x_decode_color (f, Vx_cursor_fore_pixel,
1461 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1462 else
1463 fore_pixel = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1465 pixel = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1467 /* Make sure that the cursor color differs from the background color. */
1468 if (pixel == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f))
1470 pixel = f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel;
1471 if (pixel == fore_pixel)
1472 fore_pixel = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1475 f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel = fore_pixel;
1476 f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel = pixel;
1478 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1480 block_input ();
1481 /* Update frame's cursor_gc. */
1482 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc->foreground = fore_pixel;
1483 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc->background = pixel;
1485 unblock_input ();
1487 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1489 x_update_cursor (f, 0);
1490 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
1494 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qcursor_color, arg);
1497 /* Set the border-color of frame F to pixel value PIX.
1498 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1499 F has a window. */
1501 void
1502 x_set_border_pixel (struct frame *f, int pix)
1505 f->output_data.w32->border_pixel = pix;
1507 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0 && f->border_width > 0)
1509 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1510 redraw_frame (f);
1514 /* Set the border-color of frame F to value described by ARG.
1515 ARG can be a string naming a color.
1516 The border-color is used for the border that is drawn by the server.
1517 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1518 F has a window; it must be redone when the window is created. */
1520 void
1521 x_set_border_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1523 int pix;
1525 CHECK_STRING (arg);
1526 pix = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1527 x_set_border_pixel (f, pix);
1528 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qborder_color, arg);
1532 void
1533 x_set_cursor_type (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1535 set_frame_cursor_types (f, arg);
1538 void
1539 x_set_icon_type (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1541 int result;
1543 if (NILP (arg) && NILP (oldval))
1544 return;
1546 if (STRINGP (arg) && STRINGP (oldval)
1547 && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval, arg), Qt))
1548 return;
1550 if (SYMBOLP (arg) && SYMBOLP (oldval) && EQ (arg, oldval))
1551 return;
1553 block_input ();
1555 result = x_bitmap_icon (f, arg);
1556 if (result)
1558 unblock_input ();
1559 error ("No icon window available");
1562 unblock_input ();
1565 void
1566 x_set_icon_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1568 if (STRINGP (arg))
1570 if (STRINGP (oldval) && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval, arg), Qt))
1571 return;
1573 else if (!NILP (arg) || NILP (oldval))
1574 return;
1576 fset_icon_name (f, arg);
1578 #if 0
1579 if (f->output_data.w32->icon_bitmap != 0)
1580 return;
1582 block_input ();
1584 result = x_text_icon (f,
1585 SSDATA ((!NILP (f->icon_name)
1586 ? f->icon_name
1587 : !NILP (f->title)
1588 ? f->title
1589 : f->name)));
1591 if (result)
1593 unblock_input ();
1594 error ("No icon window available");
1597 /* If the window was unmapped (and its icon was mapped),
1598 the new icon is not mapped, so map the window in its stead. */
1599 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1601 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1602 XtPopup (f->output_data.w32->widget, XtGrabNone);
1603 #endif
1604 XMapWindow (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
1607 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1608 unblock_input ();
1609 #endif
1613 void
1614 x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object oldval)
1616 int nlines;
1618 /* Right now, menu bars don't work properly in minibuf-only frames;
1619 most of the commands try to apply themselves to the minibuffer
1620 frame itself, and get an error because you can't switch buffers
1621 in or split the minibuffer window. */
1622 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
1623 return;
1625 if (INTEGERP (value))
1626 nlines = XINT (value);
1627 else
1628 nlines = 0;
1630 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) = 0;
1631 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0;
1632 if (nlines)
1633 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) = 1;
1634 else
1636 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) == 1)
1637 free_frame_menubar (f);
1638 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) = 0;
1640 /* Adjust the frame size so that the client (text) dimensions
1641 remain the same. This depends on FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR being
1642 set correctly. */
1643 x_set_window_size (f, 0, FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f), FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f), 1);
1644 do_pending_window_change (0);
1646 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
1650 /* Set the number of lines used for the tool bar of frame F to VALUE.
1651 VALUE not an integer, or < 0 means set the lines to zero. OLDVAL is
1652 the old number of tool bar lines (and is unused). This function may
1653 change the height of all windows on frame F to match the new tool bar
1654 height. By design, the frame's height doesn't change (but maybe it
1655 should if we don't get enough space otherwise). */
1657 void
1658 x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object oldval)
1660 int delta, nlines, root_height;
1661 int unit = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
1663 /* Treat tool bars like menu bars. */
1664 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
1665 return;
1667 /* Use VALUE only if an integer >= 0. */
1668 if (INTEGERP (value) && XINT (value) >= 0)
1669 nlines = XFASTINT (value);
1670 else
1671 nlines = 0;
1673 /* Make sure we redisplay all windows in this frame. */
1674 windows_or_buffers_changed = 23;
1676 /* DELTA is in pixels now. */
1677 delta = (nlines - FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)) * unit;
1679 /* Don't resize the tool-bar to more than we have room for. Note: The
1680 calculations below and the subsequent call to resize_frame_windows
1681 are inherently flawed because they can make the toolbar higher than
1682 the containing frame. */
1683 if (delta > 0)
1685 root_height = WINDOW_PIXEL_HEIGHT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
1686 if (root_height - delta < unit)
1688 delta = root_height - unit;
1689 /* When creating a new frame and toolbar mode is enabled, we
1690 need at least one toolbar line. */
1691 nlines = max (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) + delta / unit, 1);
1695 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) = nlines;
1696 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f) = nlines * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
1697 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
1698 resize_frame_windows (f, FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f), 0, 1);
1699 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
1701 /* We also have to make sure that the internal border at the top of
1702 the frame, below the menu bar or tool bar, is redrawn when the
1703 tool bar disappears. This is so because the internal border is
1704 below the tool bar if one is displayed, but is below the menu bar
1705 if there isn't a tool bar. The tool bar draws into the area
1706 below the menu bar. */
1707 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) && FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f) == 0)
1709 clear_frame (f);
1710 clear_current_matrices (f);
1713 /* If the tool bar gets smaller, the internal border below it
1714 has to be cleared. It was formerly part of the display
1715 of the larger tool bar, and updating windows won't clear it. */
1716 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f) != 0 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1718 int height = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
1719 int width = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
1720 int y = nlines * unit;
1721 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
1723 block_input ();
1724 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, 0, y, width, height);
1725 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
1726 unblock_input ();
1729 if (delta < 0 && WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window))
1730 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix);
1732 run_window_configuration_change_hook (f);
1736 /* Change the name of frame F to NAME. If NAME is nil, set F's name to
1737 w32_id_name.
1739 If EXPLICIT is non-zero, that indicates that lisp code is setting the
1740 name; if NAME is a string, set F's name to NAME and set
1741 F->explicit_name; if NAME is Qnil, then clear F->explicit_name.
1743 If EXPLICIT is zero, that indicates that Emacs redisplay code is
1744 suggesting a new name, which lisp code should override; if
1745 F->explicit_name is set, ignore the new name; otherwise, set it. */
1747 void
1748 x_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object name, int explicit)
1750 /* Make sure that requests from lisp code override requests from
1751 Emacs redisplay code. */
1752 if (explicit)
1754 /* If we're switching from explicit to implicit, we had better
1755 update the mode lines and thereby update the title. */
1756 if (f->explicit_name && NILP (name))
1757 update_mode_lines = 25;
1759 f->explicit_name = ! NILP (name);
1761 else if (f->explicit_name)
1762 return;
1764 /* If NAME is nil, set the name to the w32_id_name. */
1765 if (NILP (name))
1767 /* Check for no change needed in this very common case
1768 before we do any consing. */
1769 if (!strcmp (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_id_name,
1770 SDATA (f->name)))
1771 return;
1772 name = build_string (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_id_name);
1774 else
1775 CHECK_STRING (name);
1777 /* Don't change the name if it's already NAME. */
1778 if (! NILP (Fstring_equal (name, f->name)))
1779 return;
1781 fset_name (f, name);
1783 /* For setting the frame title, the title parameter should override
1784 the name parameter. */
1785 if (! NILP (f->title))
1786 name = f->title;
1788 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f))
1790 block_input ();
1791 GUI_FN (SetWindowText) (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
1792 GUI_SDATA (GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (name)));
1793 unblock_input ();
1797 /* This function should be called when the user's lisp code has
1798 specified a name for the frame; the name will override any set by the
1799 redisplay code. */
1800 void
1801 x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1803 x_set_name (f, arg, 1);
1806 /* This function should be called by Emacs redisplay code to set the
1807 name; names set this way will never override names set by the user's
1808 lisp code. */
1809 void
1810 x_implicitly_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1812 x_set_name (f, arg, 0);
1815 /* Change the title of frame F to NAME.
1816 If NAME is nil, use the frame name as the title. */
1818 void
1819 x_set_title (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object name, Lisp_Object old_name)
1821 /* Don't change the title if it's already NAME. */
1822 if (EQ (name, f->title))
1823 return;
1825 update_mode_lines = 26;
1827 fset_title (f, name);
1829 if (NILP (name))
1830 name = f->name;
1832 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f))
1834 block_input ();
1835 GUI_FN (SetWindowText) (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
1836 GUI_SDATA (GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (name)));
1837 unblock_input ();
1841 void
1842 x_set_scroll_bar_default_width (struct frame *f)
1844 int unit = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
1846 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXVSCROLL);
1847 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f)
1848 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + unit - 1) / unit;
1852 /* Subroutines for creating a frame. */
1854 Cursor
1855 w32_load_cursor (LPCTSTR name)
1857 /* Try first to load cursor from application resource. */
1858 Cursor cursor = LoadImage ((HINSTANCE) GetModuleHandle (NULL),
1859 name, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0, 0,
1860 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR | LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_SHARED);
1861 if (!cursor)
1863 /* Then try to load a shared predefined cursor. */
1864 cursor = LoadImage (NULL, name, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0, 0,
1865 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR | LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_SHARED);
1867 return cursor;
1870 static LRESULT CALLBACK w32_wnd_proc (HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM);
1872 #define INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(WC) \
1873 (WC).style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW; \
1874 (WC).lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC) w32_wnd_proc; \
1875 (WC).cbClsExtra = 0; \
1876 (WC).cbWndExtra = WND_EXTRA_BYTES; \
1877 (WC).hInstance = hinst; \
1878 (WC).hIcon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS); \
1879 (WC).hCursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW); \
1880 (WC).hbrBackground = NULL; \
1881 (WC).lpszMenuName = NULL; \
1883 static BOOL
1884 w32_init_class (HINSTANCE hinst)
1886 if (w32_unicode_gui)
1888 WNDCLASSW uwc;
1889 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(uwc);
1890 uwc.lpszClassName = L"Emacs";
1892 return RegisterClassW (&uwc);
1894 else
1896 WNDCLASS wc;
1897 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(wc);
1898 wc.lpszClassName = EMACS_CLASS;
1900 return RegisterClassA (&wc);
1904 static HWND
1905 w32_createscrollbar (struct frame *f, struct scroll_bar * bar)
1907 return CreateWindow ("SCROLLBAR", "", SBS_VERT | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE,
1908 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
1909 bar->left, bar->top, bar->width, bar->height,
1910 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), NULL, hinst, NULL);
1913 static void
1914 w32_createwindow (struct frame *f, int *coords)
1916 HWND hwnd;
1917 RECT rect;
1918 int top;
1919 int left;
1921 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
1922 rect.right = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
1923 rect.bottom = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
1925 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
1926 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
1928 /* Do first time app init */
1930 w32_init_class (hinst);
1932 if (f->size_hint_flags & USPosition || f->size_hint_flags & PPosition)
1934 left = f->left_pos;
1935 top = f->top_pos;
1937 else
1939 left = coords[0];
1940 top = coords[1];
1943 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) = hwnd
1944 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS,
1945 f->namebuf,
1946 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
1947 left, top,
1948 rect.right - rect.left, rect.bottom - rect.top,
1949 NULL,
1950 NULL,
1951 hinst,
1952 NULL);
1954 if (hwnd)
1956 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f));
1957 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f));
1958 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BORDER_INDEX, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
1959 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (f));
1960 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
1962 /* Enable drag-n-drop. */
1963 DragAcceptFiles (hwnd, TRUE);
1965 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
1966 ShowWindow (hwnd, SW_HIDE);
1968 /* Update frame positions. */
1969 GetWindowRect (hwnd, &rect);
1970 f->left_pos = rect.left;
1971 f->top_pos = rect.top;
1975 static void
1976 my_post_msg (W32Msg * wmsg, HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
1978 wmsg->msg.hwnd = hwnd;
1979 wmsg->msg.message = msg;
1980 wmsg->msg.wParam = wParam;
1981 wmsg->msg.lParam = lParam;
1982 wmsg->msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
1984 post_msg (wmsg);
1987 /* GetKeyState and MapVirtualKey on Windows 95 do not actually distinguish
1988 between left and right keys as advertised. We test for this
1989 support dynamically, and set a flag when the support is absent. If
1990 absent, we keep track of the left and right control and alt keys
1991 ourselves. This is particularly necessary on keyboards that rely
1992 upon the AltGr key, which is represented as having the left control
1993 and right alt keys pressed. For these keyboards, we need to know
1994 when the left alt key has been pressed in addition to the AltGr key
1995 so that we can properly support M-AltGr-key sequences (such as M-@
1996 on Swedish keyboards). */
1998 #define EMACS_LCONTROL 0
1999 #define EMACS_RCONTROL 1
2000 #define EMACS_LMENU 2
2001 #define EMACS_RMENU 3
2003 static int modifiers[4];
2004 static int modifiers_recorded;
2005 static int modifier_key_support_tested;
2007 static void
2008 test_modifier_support (unsigned int wparam)
2010 unsigned int l, r;
2012 if (wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU)
2013 return;
2014 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2016 l = VK_LCONTROL;
2017 r = VK_RCONTROL;
2019 else
2021 l = VK_LMENU;
2022 r = VK_RMENU;
2024 if (!(GetKeyState (l) & 0x8000) && !(GetKeyState (r) & 0x8000))
2025 modifiers_recorded = 1;
2026 else
2027 modifiers_recorded = 0;
2028 modifier_key_support_tested = 1;
2031 static void
2032 record_keydown (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2034 int i;
2036 if (!modifier_key_support_tested)
2037 test_modifier_support (wparam);
2039 if ((wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU) || !modifiers_recorded)
2040 return;
2042 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2043 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL : EMACS_LCONTROL;
2044 else
2045 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU : EMACS_LMENU;
2047 modifiers[i] = 1;
2050 static void
2051 record_keyup (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2053 int i;
2055 if ((wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU) || !modifiers_recorded)
2056 return;
2058 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2059 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL : EMACS_LCONTROL;
2060 else
2061 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU : EMACS_LMENU;
2063 modifiers[i] = 0;
2066 /* Emacs can lose focus while a modifier key has been pressed. When
2067 it regains focus, be conservative and clear all modifiers since
2068 we cannot reconstruct the left and right modifier state. */
2069 static void
2070 reset_modifiers (void)
2072 SHORT ctrl, alt;
2074 if (GetFocus () == NULL)
2075 /* Emacs doesn't have keyboard focus. Do nothing. */
2076 return;
2078 ctrl = GetAsyncKeyState (VK_CONTROL);
2079 alt = GetAsyncKeyState (VK_MENU);
2081 if (!(ctrl & 0x08000))
2082 /* Clear any recorded control modifier state. */
2083 modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL] = modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL] = 0;
2085 if (!(alt & 0x08000))
2086 /* Clear any recorded alt modifier state. */
2087 modifiers[EMACS_RMENU] = modifiers[EMACS_LMENU] = 0;
2089 /* Update the state of all modifier keys, because modifiers used in
2090 hot-key combinations can get stuck on if Emacs loses focus as a
2091 result of a hot-key being pressed. */
2093 BYTE keystate[256];
2095 #define CURRENT_STATE(key) ((GetAsyncKeyState (key) & 0x8000) >> 8)
2097 memset (keystate, 0, sizeof (keystate));
2098 GetKeyboardState (keystate);
2099 keystate[VK_SHIFT] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_SHIFT);
2100 keystate[VK_CONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_CONTROL);
2101 keystate[VK_LCONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LCONTROL);
2102 keystate[VK_RCONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RCONTROL);
2103 keystate[VK_MENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_MENU);
2104 keystate[VK_LMENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LMENU);
2105 keystate[VK_RMENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RMENU);
2106 keystate[VK_LWIN] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LWIN);
2107 keystate[VK_RWIN] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RWIN);
2108 keystate[VK_APPS] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_APPS);
2109 SetKeyboardState (keystate);
2113 /* Synchronize modifier state with what is reported with the current
2114 keystroke. Even if we cannot distinguish between left and right
2115 modifier keys, we know that, if no modifiers are set, then neither
2116 the left or right modifier should be set. */
2117 static void
2118 sync_modifiers (void)
2120 if (!modifiers_recorded)
2121 return;
2123 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000))
2124 modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL] = modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL] = 0;
2126 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_MENU) & 0x8000))
2127 modifiers[EMACS_RMENU] = modifiers[EMACS_LMENU] = 0;
2130 static int
2131 modifier_set (int vkey)
2133 /* Warning: The fact that VK_NUMLOCK is not treated as the other 2
2134 toggle keys is not an omission! If you want to add it, you will
2135 have to make changes in the default sub-case of the WM_KEYDOWN
2136 switch, because if the NUMLOCK modifier is set, the code there
2137 will directly convert any key that looks like an ASCII letter,
2138 and also downcase those that look like upper-case ASCII. */
2139 if (vkey == VK_CAPITAL)
2141 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
2142 return 0;
2143 else
2144 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x1);
2146 if (vkey == VK_SCROLL)
2148 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier)
2149 /* w32-scroll-lock-modifier can be any non-nil value that is
2150 not one of the modifiers, in which case it shall be ignored. */
2151 || !( EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qhyper)
2152 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qsuper)
2153 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qmeta)
2154 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qalt)
2155 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qcontrol)
2156 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qshift)))
2157 return 0;
2158 else
2159 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x1);
2162 if (!modifiers_recorded)
2163 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x8000);
2165 switch (vkey)
2167 case VK_LCONTROL:
2168 return modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL];
2169 case VK_RCONTROL:
2170 return modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL];
2171 case VK_LMENU:
2172 return modifiers[EMACS_LMENU];
2173 case VK_RMENU:
2174 return modifiers[EMACS_RMENU];
2176 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x8000);
2179 /* Convert between the modifier bits W32 uses and the modifier bits
2180 Emacs uses. */
2182 unsigned int
2183 w32_key_to_modifier (int key)
2185 Lisp_Object key_mapping;
2187 switch (key)
2189 case VK_LWIN:
2190 key_mapping = Vw32_lwindow_modifier;
2191 break;
2192 case VK_RWIN:
2193 key_mapping = Vw32_rwindow_modifier;
2194 break;
2195 case VK_APPS:
2196 key_mapping = Vw32_apps_modifier;
2197 break;
2198 case VK_SCROLL:
2199 key_mapping = Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier;
2200 break;
2201 default:
2202 key_mapping = Qnil;
2205 /* NB. This code runs in the input thread, asynchronously to the lisp
2206 thread, so we must be careful to ensure access to lisp data is
2207 thread-safe. The following code is safe because the modifier
2208 variable values are updated atomically from lisp and symbols are
2209 not relocated by GC. Also, we don't have to worry about seeing GC
2210 markbits here. */
2211 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qhyper))
2212 return hyper_modifier;
2213 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qsuper))
2214 return super_modifier;
2215 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qmeta))
2216 return meta_modifier;
2217 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qalt))
2218 return alt_modifier;
2219 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qctrl))
2220 return ctrl_modifier;
2221 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qcontrol)) /* synonym for ctrl */
2222 return ctrl_modifier;
2223 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qshift))
2224 return shift_modifier;
2226 /* Don't generate any modifier if not explicitly requested. */
2227 return 0;
2230 static unsigned int
2231 w32_get_modifiers (void)
2233 return ((modifier_set (VK_SHIFT) ? shift_modifier : 0) |
2234 (modifier_set (VK_CONTROL) ? ctrl_modifier : 0) |
2235 (modifier_set (VK_LWIN) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN) : 0) |
2236 (modifier_set (VK_RWIN) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN) : 0) |
2237 (modifier_set (VK_APPS) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS) : 0) |
2238 (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL) : 0) |
2239 (modifier_set (VK_MENU) ?
2240 ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta)) ? alt_modifier : meta_modifier) : 0));
2243 /* We map the VK_* modifiers into console modifier constants
2244 so that we can use the same routines to handle both console
2245 and window input. */
2247 static int
2248 construct_console_modifiers (void)
2250 int mods;
2252 mods = 0;
2253 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_SHIFT)) ? SHIFT_PRESSED : 0;
2254 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_CAPITAL)) ? CAPSLOCK_ON : 0;
2255 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL)) ? SCROLLLOCK_ON : 0;
2256 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_NUMLOCK)) ? NUMLOCK_ON : 0;
2257 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL)) ? LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED : 0;
2258 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RCONTROL)) ? RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED : 0;
2259 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LMENU)) ? LEFT_ALT_PRESSED : 0;
2260 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RMENU)) ? RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED : 0;
2261 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LWIN)) ? LEFT_WIN_PRESSED : 0;
2262 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RWIN)) ? RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED : 0;
2263 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_APPS)) ? APPS_PRESSED : 0;
2265 return mods;
2268 static int
2269 w32_get_key_modifiers (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2271 int mods;
2273 /* Convert to emacs modifiers. */
2274 mods = w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (construct_console_modifiers (), wparam);
2276 return mods;
2279 unsigned int
2280 map_keypad_keys (unsigned int virt_key, unsigned int extended)
2282 if (virt_key < VK_CLEAR || virt_key > VK_DELETE)
2283 return virt_key;
2285 if (virt_key == VK_RETURN)
2286 return (extended ? VK_NUMPAD_ENTER : VK_RETURN);
2288 if (virt_key >= VK_PRIOR && virt_key <= VK_DOWN)
2289 return (!extended ? (VK_NUMPAD_PRIOR + (virt_key - VK_PRIOR)) : virt_key);
2291 if (virt_key == VK_INSERT || virt_key == VK_DELETE)
2292 return (!extended ? (VK_NUMPAD_INSERT + (virt_key - VK_INSERT)) : virt_key);
2294 if (virt_key == VK_CLEAR)
2295 return (!extended ? VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR : virt_key);
2297 return virt_key;
2300 /* List of special key combinations which w32 would normally capture,
2301 but Emacs should grab instead. Not directly visible to lisp, to
2302 simplify synchronization. Each item is an integer encoding a virtual
2303 key code and modifier combination to capture. */
2304 static Lisp_Object w32_grabbed_keys;
2306 #define HOTKEY(vk, mods) make_number (((vk) & 255) | ((mods) << 8))
2307 #define HOTKEY_ID(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 0xbfff)
2308 #define HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 255)
2309 #define HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) (XFASTINT (k) >> 8)
2311 #define RAW_HOTKEY_ID(k) ((k) & 0xbfff)
2312 #define RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) ((k) & 255)
2313 #define RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) ((k) >> 8)
2315 /* Register hot-keys for reserved key combinations when Emacs has
2316 keyboard focus, since this is the only way Emacs can receive key
2317 combinations like Alt-Tab which are used by the system. */
2319 static void
2320 register_hot_keys (HWND hwnd)
2322 Lisp_Object keylist;
2324 /* Use CONSP, since we are called asynchronously. */
2325 for (keylist = w32_grabbed_keys; CONSP (keylist); keylist = XCDR (keylist))
2327 Lisp_Object key = XCAR (keylist);
2329 /* Deleted entries get set to nil. */
2330 if (!INTEGERP (key))
2331 continue;
2333 RegisterHotKey (hwnd, HOTKEY_ID (key),
2334 HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (key), HOTKEY_VK_CODE (key));
2338 static void
2339 unregister_hot_keys (HWND hwnd)
2341 Lisp_Object keylist;
2343 for (keylist = w32_grabbed_keys; CONSP (keylist); keylist = XCDR (keylist))
2345 Lisp_Object key = XCAR (keylist);
2347 if (!INTEGERP (key))
2348 continue;
2350 UnregisterHotKey (hwnd, HOTKEY_ID (key));
2354 #if EMACSDEBUG
2355 const char*
2356 w32_name_of_message (UINT msg)
2358 unsigned i;
2359 static char buf[64];
2360 static const struct {
2361 UINT msg;
2362 const char* name;
2363 } msgnames[] = {
2364 #define M(msg) { msg, # msg }
2365 M (WM_PAINT),
2366 M (WM_TIMER),
2367 M (WM_USER),
2368 M (WM_MOUSEMOVE),
2369 M (WM_LBUTTONUP),
2370 M (WM_KEYDOWN),
2371 M (WM_EMACS_KILL),
2372 M (WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW),
2373 M (WM_EMACS_DONE),
2374 M (WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR),
2375 M (WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW),
2376 M (WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS),
2377 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW),
2378 M (WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU),
2379 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS),
2380 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND),
2381 M (WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE),
2382 M (WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT),
2383 M (WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY),
2384 M (WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY),
2385 M (WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY),
2386 M (WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET),
2387 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET),
2388 M (WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET),
2389 M (WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET),
2390 M (WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR),
2391 M (WM_EMACS_PAINT),
2392 M (WM_CHAR),
2393 #undef M
2394 { 0, 0 }
2397 for (i = 0; msgnames[i].name; ++i)
2398 if (msgnames[i].msg == msg)
2399 return msgnames[i].name;
2401 sprintf (buf, "message 0x%04x", (unsigned)msg);
2402 return buf;
2404 #endif /* EMACSDEBUG */
2406 /* Here's an overview of how Emacs input works in GUI sessions on
2407 MS-Windows. (For description of non-GUI input, see the commentary
2408 before w32_console_read_socket in w32inevt.c.)
2410 System messages are read and processed by w32_msg_pump below. This
2411 function runs in a separate thread. It handles a small number of
2412 custom WM_EMACS_* messages (posted by the main thread, look for
2413 PostMessage calls), and dispatches the rest to w32_wnd_proc, which
2414 is the main window procedure for the entire Emacs application.
2416 w32_wnd_proc also runs in the same separate input thread. It
2417 handles some messages, mostly those that need GDI calls, by itself.
2418 For the others, it calls my_post_msg, which inserts the messages
2419 into the input queue serviced by w32_read_socket.
2421 w32_read_socket runs in the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread, and is
2422 called synchronously from keyboard.c when it is known or suspected
2423 that some input is available. w32_read_socket either handles
2424 messages immediately, or converts them into Emacs input events and
2425 stuffs them into kbd_buffer, where kbd_buffer_get_event can get at
2426 them and process them when read_char and its callers require
2427 input.
2429 Under Cygwin with the W32 toolkit, the use of /dev/windows with
2430 select(2) takes the place of w32_read_socket.
2434 /* Main message dispatch loop. */
2436 static void
2437 w32_msg_pump (deferred_msg * msg_buf)
2439 MSG msg;
2440 WPARAM result;
2441 HWND focus_window;
2443 msh_mousewheel = RegisterWindowMessage (MSH_MOUSEWHEEL);
2445 while ((w32_unicode_gui ? GetMessageW : GetMessageA) (&msg, NULL, 0, 0))
2448 /* DebPrint (("w32_msg_pump: %s time:%u\n", */
2449 /* w32_name_of_message (msg.message), msg.time)); */
2451 if (msg.hwnd == NULL)
2453 switch (msg.message)
2455 case WM_NULL:
2456 /* Produced by complete_deferred_msg; just ignore. */
2457 break;
2458 case WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW:
2459 /* Initialize COM for this window. Even though we don't use it,
2460 some third party shell extensions can cause it to be used in
2461 system dialogs, which causes a crash if it is not initialized.
2462 This is a known bug in Windows, which was fixed long ago, but
2463 the patch for XP is not publicly available until XP SP3,
2464 and older versions will never be patched. */
2465 CoInitialize (NULL);
2466 w32_createwindow ((struct frame *) msg.wParam,
2467 (int *) msg.lParam);
2468 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2469 emacs_abort ();
2470 break;
2471 case WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE:
2472 SetThreadLocale (msg.wParam);
2473 /* Reply is not expected. */
2474 break;
2475 case WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT:
2476 result = (WPARAM) ActivateKeyboardLayout ((HKL) msg.wParam, 0);
2477 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE,
2478 result, 0))
2479 emacs_abort ();
2480 break;
2481 case WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY:
2482 focus_window = GetFocus ();
2483 if (focus_window != NULL)
2484 RegisterHotKey (focus_window,
2485 RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg.wParam),
2486 RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (msg.wParam),
2487 RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE (msg.wParam));
2488 /* Reply is not expected. */
2489 break;
2490 case WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY:
2491 focus_window = GetFocus ();
2492 if (focus_window != NULL)
2493 UnregisterHotKey (focus_window, RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg.wParam));
2494 /* Mark item as erased. NB: this code must be
2495 thread-safe. The next line is okay because the cons
2496 cell is never made into garbage and is not relocated by
2497 GC. */
2498 XSETCAR (XIL ((EMACS_INT) msg.lParam), Qnil);
2499 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2500 emacs_abort ();
2501 break;
2502 case WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY:
2504 int vk_code = (int) msg.wParam;
2505 int cur_state = (GetKeyState (vk_code) & 1);
2506 Lisp_Object new_state = XIL ((EMACS_INT) msg.lParam);
2508 /* NB: This code must be thread-safe. It is safe to
2509 call NILP because symbols are not relocated by GC,
2510 and pointer here is not touched by GC (so the markbit
2511 can't be set). Numbers are safe because they are
2512 immediate values. */
2513 if (NILP (new_state)
2514 || (NUMBERP (new_state)
2515 && ((XUINT (new_state)) & 1) != cur_state))
2517 one_w32_display_info.faked_key = vk_code;
2519 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2520 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2521 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
2522 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2523 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2524 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
2525 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2526 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2527 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
2528 cur_state = !cur_state;
2530 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE,
2531 cur_state, 0))
2532 emacs_abort ();
2534 break;
2535 #ifdef MSG_DEBUG
2536 /* Broadcast messages make it here, so you need to be looking
2537 for something in particular for this to be useful. */
2538 default:
2539 DebPrint (("msg %x not expected by w32_msg_pump\n", msg.message));
2540 #endif
2543 else
2545 if (w32_unicode_gui)
2546 DispatchMessageW (&msg);
2547 else
2548 DispatchMessageA (&msg);
2551 /* Exit nested loop when our deferred message has completed. */
2552 if (msg_buf->completed)
2553 break;
2557 deferred_msg * deferred_msg_head;
2559 static deferred_msg *
2560 find_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd, UINT msg)
2562 deferred_msg * item;
2564 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
2565 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
2566 /* enter_crit (); */
2568 for (item = deferred_msg_head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
2569 if (item->w32msg.msg.hwnd == hwnd
2570 && item->w32msg.msg.message == msg)
2571 break;
2573 /* leave_crit (); */
2575 return item;
2578 static LRESULT
2579 send_deferred_msg (deferred_msg * msg_buf,
2580 HWND hwnd,
2581 UINT msg,
2582 WPARAM wParam,
2583 LPARAM lParam)
2585 /* Only input thread can send deferred messages. */
2586 if (GetCurrentThreadId () != dwWindowsThreadId)
2587 emacs_abort ();
2589 /* It is an error to send a message that is already deferred. */
2590 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg) != NULL)
2591 emacs_abort ();
2593 /* Enforced synchronization is not needed because this is the only
2594 function that alters deferred_msg_head, and the following critical
2595 section is guaranteed to only be serially reentered (since only the
2596 input thread can call us). */
2598 /* enter_crit (); */
2600 msg_buf->completed = 0;
2601 msg_buf->next = deferred_msg_head;
2602 deferred_msg_head = msg_buf;
2603 my_post_msg (&msg_buf->w32msg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2605 /* leave_crit (); */
2607 /* Start a new nested message loop to process other messages until
2608 this one is completed. */
2609 w32_msg_pump (msg_buf);
2611 deferred_msg_head = msg_buf->next;
2613 return msg_buf->result;
2616 void
2617 complete_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, LRESULT result)
2619 deferred_msg * msg_buf = find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg);
2621 if (msg_buf == NULL)
2622 /* Message may have been canceled, so don't abort. */
2623 return;
2625 msg_buf->result = result;
2626 msg_buf->completed = 1;
2628 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
2629 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_NULL, 0, 0);
2632 static void
2633 cancel_all_deferred_msgs (void)
2635 deferred_msg * item;
2637 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
2638 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
2639 /* enter_crit (); */
2641 for (item = deferred_msg_head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
2643 item->result = 0;
2644 item->completed = 1;
2647 /* leave_crit (); */
2649 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
2650 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_NULL, 0, 0);
2653 DWORD WINAPI
2654 w32_msg_worker (void *arg)
2656 MSG msg;
2657 deferred_msg dummy_buf;
2659 /* Ensure our message queue is created */
2661 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
2663 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2664 emacs_abort ();
2666 memset (&dummy_buf, 0, sizeof (dummy_buf));
2667 dummy_buf.w32msg.msg.hwnd = NULL;
2668 dummy_buf.w32msg.msg.message = WM_NULL;
2670 /* This is the initial message loop which should only exit when the
2671 application quits. */
2672 w32_msg_pump (&dummy_buf);
2674 return 0;
2677 static void
2678 signal_user_input (void)
2680 /* Interrupt any lisp that wants to be interrupted by input. */
2681 if (!NILP (Vthrow_on_input))
2683 Vquit_flag = Vthrow_on_input;
2684 /* Doing a QUIT from this thread is a bad idea, since this
2685 unwinds the stack of the Lisp thread, and the Windows runtime
2686 rightfully barfs. Disabled. */
2687 #if 0
2688 /* If we're inside a function that wants immediate quits,
2689 do it now. */
2690 if (immediate_quit && NILP (Vinhibit_quit))
2692 immediate_quit = 0;
2693 QUIT;
2695 #endif
2700 static void
2701 post_character_message (HWND hwnd, UINT msg,
2702 WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam,
2703 DWORD modifiers)
2705 W32Msg wmsg;
2707 wmsg.dwModifiers = modifiers;
2709 /* Detect quit_char and set quit-flag directly. Note that we
2710 still need to post a message to ensure the main thread will be
2711 woken up if blocked in sys_select, but we do NOT want to post
2712 the quit_char message itself (because it will usually be as if
2713 the user had typed quit_char twice). Instead, we post a dummy
2714 message that has no particular effect. */
2716 int c = wParam;
2717 if (isalpha (c) && wmsg.dwModifiers == ctrl_modifier)
2718 c = make_ctrl_char (c) & 0377;
2719 if (c == quit_char
2720 || (wmsg.dwModifiers == 0
2721 && w32_quit_key && wParam == w32_quit_key))
2723 Vquit_flag = Qt;
2725 /* The choice of message is somewhat arbitrary, as long as
2726 the main thread handler just ignores it. */
2727 msg = WM_NULL;
2729 /* Interrupt any blocking system calls. */
2730 signal_quit ();
2732 /* As a safety precaution, forcibly complete any deferred
2733 messages. This is a kludge, but I don't see any particularly
2734 clean way to handle the situation where a deferred message is
2735 "dropped" in the lisp thread, and will thus never be
2736 completed, eg. by the user trying to activate the menubar
2737 when the lisp thread is busy, and then typing C-g when the
2738 menubar doesn't open promptly (with the result that the
2739 menubar never responds at all because the deferred
2740 WM_INITMENU message is never completed). Another problem
2741 situation is when the lisp thread calls SendMessage (to send
2742 a window manager command) when a message has been deferred;
2743 the lisp thread gets blocked indefinitely waiting for the
2744 deferred message to be completed, which itself is waiting for
2745 the lisp thread to respond.
2747 Note that we don't want to block the input thread waiting for
2748 a response from the lisp thread (although that would at least
2749 solve the deadlock problem above), because we want to be able
2750 to receive C-g to interrupt the lisp thread. */
2751 cancel_all_deferred_msgs ();
2753 else
2754 signal_user_input ();
2757 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2760 /* Main window procedure */
2762 static LRESULT CALLBACK
2763 w32_wnd_proc (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
2765 struct frame *f;
2766 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
2767 W32Msg wmsg;
2768 int windows_translate;
2769 int key;
2771 /* Note that it is okay to call x_window_to_frame, even though we are
2772 not running in the main lisp thread, because frame deletion
2773 requires the lisp thread to synchronize with this thread. Thus, if
2774 a frame struct is returned, it can be used without concern that the
2775 lisp thread might make it disappear while we are using it.
2777 NB. Walking the frame list in this thread is safe (as long as
2778 writes of Lisp_Object slots are atomic, which they are on Windows).
2779 Although delete-frame can destructively modify the frame list while
2780 we are walking it, a garbage collection cannot occur until after
2781 delete-frame has synchronized with this thread.
2783 It is also safe to use functions that make GDI calls, such as
2784 w32_clear_rect, because these functions must obtain a DC handle
2785 from the frame struct using get_frame_dc which is thread-aware. */
2787 switch (msg)
2789 case WM_ERASEBKGND:
2790 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2791 if (f)
2793 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
2794 GetUpdateRect (hwnd, &wmsg.rect, FALSE);
2795 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &wmsg.rect);
2796 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
2798 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
2799 DebPrint (("WM_ERASEBKGND (frame %p): erasing %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
2801 wmsg.rect.left, wmsg.rect.top,
2802 wmsg.rect.right, wmsg.rect.bottom));
2803 #endif /* W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY */
2805 return 1;
2806 case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
2807 /* ignore our own changes */
2808 if ((HWND)wParam != hwnd)
2810 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2811 if (f)
2812 /* get_frame_dc will realize our palette and force all
2813 frames to be redrawn if needed. */
2814 release_frame_dc (f, get_frame_dc (f));
2816 return 0;
2817 case WM_PAINT:
2819 PAINTSTRUCT paintStruct;
2820 RECT update_rect;
2821 memset (&update_rect, 0, sizeof (update_rect));
2823 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2824 if (f == 0)
2826 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT received for unknown window %p\n", hwnd));
2827 return 0;
2830 /* MSDN Docs say not to call BeginPaint if GetUpdateRect
2831 fails. Apparently this can happen under some
2832 circumstances. */
2833 if (GetUpdateRect (hwnd, &update_rect, FALSE) || !w32_strict_painting)
2835 enter_crit ();
2836 BeginPaint (hwnd, &paintStruct);
2838 /* The rectangles returned by GetUpdateRect and BeginPaint
2839 do not always match. Play it safe by assuming both areas
2840 are invalid. */
2841 UnionRect (&(wmsg.rect), &update_rect, &(paintStruct.rcPaint));
2843 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
2844 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT (frame %p): painting %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
2846 wmsg.rect.left, wmsg.rect.top,
2847 wmsg.rect.right, wmsg.rect.bottom));
2848 DebPrint ((" [update region is %d,%d-%d,%d]\n",
2849 update_rect.left, update_rect.top,
2850 update_rect.right, update_rect.bottom));
2851 #endif
2852 EndPaint (hwnd, &paintStruct);
2853 leave_crit ();
2855 /* Change the message type to prevent Windows from
2856 combining WM_PAINT messages in the Lisp thread's queue,
2857 since Windows assumes that each message queue is
2858 dedicated to one frame and does not bother checking
2859 that hwnd matches before combining them. */
2860 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_EMACS_PAINT, wParam, lParam);
2862 return 0;
2865 /* If GetUpdateRect returns 0 (meaning there is no update
2866 region), assume the whole window needs to be repainted. */
2867 GetClientRect (hwnd, &wmsg.rect);
2868 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2869 return 0;
2872 case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE:
2873 /* Inform lisp thread of keyboard layout changes. */
2874 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2876 /* Clear dead keys in the keyboard state; for simplicity only
2877 preserve modifier key states. */
2879 int i;
2880 BYTE keystate[256];
2882 GetKeyboardState (keystate);
2883 for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
2884 if (1
2885 && i != VK_SHIFT
2886 && i != VK_LSHIFT
2887 && i != VK_RSHIFT
2888 && i != VK_CAPITAL
2889 && i != VK_NUMLOCK
2890 && i != VK_SCROLL
2891 && i != VK_CONTROL
2892 && i != VK_LCONTROL
2893 && i != VK_RCONTROL
2894 && i != VK_MENU
2895 && i != VK_LMENU
2896 && i != VK_RMENU
2897 && i != VK_LWIN
2898 && i != VK_RWIN)
2899 keystate[i] = 0;
2900 SetKeyboardState (keystate);
2902 goto dflt;
2904 case WM_HOTKEY:
2905 /* Synchronize hot keys with normal input. */
2906 PostMessage (hwnd, WM_KEYDOWN, HIWORD (lParam), 0);
2907 return (0);
2909 case WM_KEYUP:
2910 case WM_SYSKEYUP:
2911 record_keyup (wParam, lParam);
2912 goto dflt;
2914 case WM_KEYDOWN:
2915 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
2916 /* Ignore keystrokes we fake ourself; see below. */
2917 if (dpyinfo->faked_key == wParam)
2919 dpyinfo->faked_key = 0;
2920 /* Make sure TranslateMessage sees them though (as long as
2921 they don't produce WM_CHAR messages). This ensures that
2922 indicator lights are toggled promptly on Windows 9x, for
2923 example. */
2924 if (wParam < 256 && lispy_function_keys[wParam])
2926 windows_translate = 1;
2927 goto translate;
2929 return 0;
2932 /* Synchronize modifiers with current keystroke. */
2933 sync_modifiers ();
2934 record_keydown (wParam, lParam);
2935 wParam = map_keypad_keys (wParam, (lParam & 0x1000000L) != 0);
2937 windows_translate = 0;
2939 switch (wParam)
2941 case VK_LWIN:
2942 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system))
2944 /* Prevent system from acting on keyup (which opens the
2945 Start menu if no other key was pressed) by simulating a
2946 press of Space which we will ignore. */
2947 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam) & 1)
2949 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code))
2950 key = XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code) & 255;
2951 else
2952 key = VK_SPACE;
2953 dpyinfo->faked_key = key;
2954 keybd_event (key, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (key, 0), 0, 0);
2957 if (!NILP (Vw32_lwindow_modifier))
2958 return 0;
2959 break;
2960 case VK_RWIN:
2961 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system))
2963 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam) & 1)
2965 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code))
2966 key = XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code) & 255;
2967 else
2968 key = VK_SPACE;
2969 dpyinfo->faked_key = key;
2970 keybd_event (key, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (key, 0), 0, 0);
2973 if (!NILP (Vw32_rwindow_modifier))
2974 return 0;
2975 break;
2976 case VK_APPS:
2977 if (!NILP (Vw32_apps_modifier))
2978 return 0;
2979 break;
2980 case VK_MENU:
2981 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_alt_to_system))
2982 /* Prevent DefWindowProc from activating the menu bar if an
2983 Alt key is pressed and released by itself. */
2984 return 0;
2985 windows_translate = 1;
2986 break;
2987 case VK_CAPITAL:
2988 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
2989 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
2990 goto disable_lock_key;
2991 windows_translate = 1;
2992 break;
2993 case VK_NUMLOCK:
2994 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
2995 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock))
2996 goto disable_lock_key;
2997 windows_translate = 1;
2998 break;
2999 case VK_SCROLL:
3000 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
3001 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier))
3002 goto disable_lock_key;
3003 windows_translate = 1;
3004 break;
3005 disable_lock_key:
3006 /* Ensure the appropriate lock key state (and indicator light)
3007 remains in the same state. We do this by faking another
3008 press of the relevant key. Apparently, this really is the
3009 only way to toggle the state of the indicator lights. */
3010 dpyinfo->faked_key = wParam;
3011 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3012 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
3013 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3014 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
3015 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3016 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
3017 /* Ensure indicator lights are updated promptly on Windows 9x
3018 (TranslateMessage apparently does this), after forwarding
3019 input event. */
3020 post_character_message (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam,
3021 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3022 windows_translate = 1;
3023 break;
3024 case VK_CONTROL:
3025 case VK_SHIFT:
3026 case VK_PROCESSKEY: /* Generated by IME. */
3027 windows_translate = 1;
3028 break;
3029 case VK_CANCEL:
3030 /* Windows maps Ctrl-Pause (aka Ctrl-Break) into VK_CANCEL,
3031 which is confusing for purposes of key binding; convert
3032 VK_CANCEL events into VK_PAUSE events. */
3033 wParam = VK_PAUSE;
3034 break;
3035 case VK_PAUSE:
3036 /* Windows maps Ctrl-NumLock into VK_PAUSE, which is confusing
3037 for purposes of key binding; convert these back into
3038 VK_NUMLOCK events, at least when we want to see NumLock key
3039 presses. (Note that there is never any possibility that
3040 VK_PAUSE with Ctrl really is C-Pause as per above.) */
3041 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock) && modifier_set (VK_CONTROL))
3042 wParam = VK_NUMLOCK;
3043 break;
3044 default:
3045 /* If not defined as a function key, change it to a WM_CHAR message. */
3046 if (wParam > 255 || !lispy_function_keys[wParam])
3048 DWORD modifiers = construct_console_modifiers ();
3050 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
3051 && modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL) && modifier_set (VK_RMENU))
3053 /* Always let TranslateMessage handle AltGr key chords;
3054 for some reason, ToAscii doesn't always process AltGr
3055 chords correctly. */
3056 windows_translate = 1;
3058 else if ((modifiers & (~SHIFT_PRESSED & ~CAPSLOCK_ON)) != 0)
3060 /* Handle key chords including any modifiers other
3061 than shift directly, in order to preserve as much
3062 modifier information as possible. */
3063 if ('A' <= wParam && wParam <= 'Z')
3065 /* Don't translate modified alphabetic keystrokes,
3066 so the user doesn't need to constantly switch
3067 layout to type control or meta keystrokes when
3068 the normal layout translates alphabetic
3069 characters to non-ascii characters. */
3070 if (!modifier_set (VK_SHIFT))
3071 wParam += ('a' - 'A');
3072 msg = WM_CHAR;
3074 else
3076 /* Try to handle other keystrokes by determining the
3077 base character (ie. translating the base key plus
3078 shift modifier). */
3079 int add;
3080 KEY_EVENT_RECORD key;
3082 key.bKeyDown = TRUE;
3083 key.wRepeatCount = 1;
3084 key.wVirtualKeyCode = wParam;
3085 key.wVirtualScanCode = (lParam & 0xFF0000) >> 16;
3086 key.uChar.AsciiChar = 0;
3087 key.dwControlKeyState = modifiers;
3089 add = w32_kbd_patch_key (&key, w32_keyboard_codepage);
3090 /* 0 means an unrecognized keycode, negative means
3091 dead key. Ignore both. */
3092 while (--add >= 0)
3094 /* Forward asciified character sequence. */
3095 post_character_message
3096 (hwnd, WM_CHAR,
3097 (unsigned char) key.uChar.AsciiChar, lParam,
3098 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3099 w32_kbd_patch_key (&key, w32_keyboard_codepage);
3101 return 0;
3104 else
3106 /* Let TranslateMessage handle everything else. */
3107 windows_translate = 1;
3112 translate:
3113 if (windows_translate)
3115 MSG windows_msg = { hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam, 0, {0,0} };
3116 windows_msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3117 TranslateMessage (&windows_msg);
3118 goto dflt;
3121 /* Fall through */
3123 case WM_SYSCHAR:
3124 case WM_CHAR:
3125 if (wParam > 255 )
3127 W32Msg wmsg;
3129 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3130 signal_user_input ();
3131 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_UNICHAR, wParam, lParam);
3134 else
3135 post_character_message (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam,
3136 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3137 break;
3139 case WM_UNICHAR:
3140 /* WM_UNICHAR looks promising from the docs, but the exact
3141 circumstances in which TranslateMessage sends it is one of those
3142 Microsoft secret API things that EU and US courts are supposed
3143 to have put a stop to already. Spy++ shows it being sent to Notepad
3144 and other MS apps, but never to Emacs.
3146 Some third party IMEs send it in accordance with the official
3147 documentation though, so handle it here.
3149 UNICODE_NOCHAR is used to test for support for this message.
3150 TRUE indicates that the message is supported. */
3151 if (wParam == UNICODE_NOCHAR)
3152 return TRUE;
3155 W32Msg wmsg;
3156 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3157 signal_user_input ();
3158 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3160 break;
3162 case WM_IME_CHAR:
3163 /* If we can't get the IME result as Unicode, use default processing,
3164 which will at least allow characters decodable in the system locale
3165 get through. */
3166 if (!get_composition_string_fn)
3167 goto dflt;
3169 else if (!ignore_ime_char)
3171 wchar_t * buffer;
3172 int size, i;
3173 W32Msg wmsg;
3174 HIMC context = get_ime_context_fn (hwnd);
3175 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3176 /* Get buffer size. */
3177 size = get_composition_string_fn (context, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0);
3178 buffer = alloca (size);
3179 size = get_composition_string_fn (context, GCS_RESULTSTR,
3180 buffer, size);
3181 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd, context);
3183 signal_user_input ();
3184 for (i = 0; i < size / sizeof (wchar_t); i++)
3186 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_UNICHAR, (WPARAM) buffer[i],
3187 lParam);
3189 /* Ignore the messages for the rest of the
3190 characters in the string that was output above. */
3191 ignore_ime_char = (size / sizeof (wchar_t)) - 1;
3193 else
3194 ignore_ime_char--;
3196 break;
3198 case WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION:
3199 if (!set_ime_composition_window_fn)
3200 goto dflt;
3201 else
3203 COMPOSITIONFORM form;
3204 HIMC context;
3205 struct window *w;
3207 /* Implementation note: The code below does something that
3208 one shouldn't do: it accesses the window object from a
3209 separate thread, while the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread
3210 runs and can legitimately delete and even GC it. That is
3211 why we are extra careful not to futz with a window that
3212 is different from the one recorded when the system caret
3213 coordinates were last modified. That is also why we are
3214 careful not to move the IME window if the window
3215 described by W was deleted, as indicated by its buffer
3216 field being reset to nil. */
3217 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3218 if (!(f && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)))
3219 break;
3220 w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f));
3221 /* Punt if someone changed the frame's selected window
3222 behind our back. */
3223 if (w != w32_system_caret_window)
3224 break;
3226 form.dwStyle = CFS_RECT;
3227 form.ptCurrentPos.x = w32_system_caret_x;
3228 form.ptCurrentPos.y = w32_system_caret_y;
3230 form.rcArea.left = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0);
3231 form.rcArea.top = (WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w)
3232 + w32_system_caret_hdr_height);
3233 form.rcArea.right = (WINDOW_BOX_RIGHT_EDGE_X (w)
3234 - WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_WIDTH (w)
3235 - WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w));
3236 form.rcArea.bottom = (WINDOW_BOTTOM_EDGE_Y (w)
3237 - WINDOW_BOTTOM_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w)
3238 - w32_system_caret_mode_height);
3240 /* Punt if the window was deleted behind our back. */
3241 if (!BUFFERP (w->contents))
3242 break;
3244 context = get_ime_context_fn (hwnd);
3246 if (!context)
3247 break;
3249 set_ime_composition_window_fn (context, &form);
3250 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd, context);
3252 break;
3254 case WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION:
3255 ignore_ime_char = 0;
3256 goto dflt;
3258 /* Simulate middle mouse button events when left and right buttons
3259 are used together, but only if user has two button mouse. */
3260 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
3261 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
3262 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons > 2)
3263 goto handle_plain_button;
3266 int this = (msg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) ? LMOUSE : RMOUSE;
3267 int other = (msg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) ? RMOUSE : LMOUSE;
3269 if (button_state & this)
3270 return 0;
3272 if (button_state == 0)
3273 SetCapture (hwnd);
3275 button_state |= this;
3277 if (button_state & other)
3279 if (mouse_button_timer)
3281 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3282 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3284 /* Generate middle mouse event instead. */
3285 msg = WM_MBUTTONDOWN;
3286 button_state |= MMOUSE;
3288 else if (button_state & MMOUSE)
3290 /* Ignore button event if we've already generated a
3291 middle mouse down event. This happens if the
3292 user releases and press one of the two buttons
3293 after we've faked a middle mouse event. */
3294 return 0;
3296 else
3298 /* Flush out saved message. */
3299 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3301 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3302 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3303 signal_user_input ();
3305 /* Clear message buffer. */
3306 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3308 else
3310 /* Hold onto message for now. */
3311 mouse_button_timer =
3312 SetTimer (hwnd, MOUSE_BUTTON_ID,
3313 w32_mouse_button_tolerance, NULL);
3314 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = hwnd;
3315 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.message = msg;
3316 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.wParam = wParam;
3317 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.lParam = lParam;
3318 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3319 saved_mouse_button_msg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3322 return 0;
3324 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
3325 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
3326 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons > 2)
3327 goto handle_plain_button;
3330 int this = (msg == WM_LBUTTONUP) ? LMOUSE : RMOUSE;
3331 int other = (msg == WM_LBUTTONUP) ? RMOUSE : LMOUSE;
3333 if ((button_state & this) == 0)
3334 return 0;
3336 button_state &= ~this;
3338 if (button_state & MMOUSE)
3340 /* Only generate event when second button is released. */
3341 if ((button_state & other) == 0)
3343 msg = WM_MBUTTONUP;
3344 button_state &= ~MMOUSE;
3346 if (button_state) emacs_abort ();
3348 else
3349 return 0;
3351 else
3353 /* Flush out saved message if necessary. */
3354 if (saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd)
3356 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3359 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3360 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3361 signal_user_input ();
3363 /* Always clear message buffer and cancel timer. */
3364 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3365 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3366 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3368 if (button_state == 0)
3369 ReleaseCapture ();
3371 return 0;
3373 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
3374 case WM_XBUTTONUP:
3375 if (w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system)
3376 goto dflt;
3377 /* else fall through and process them. */
3378 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
3379 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
3380 handle_plain_button:
3382 BOOL up;
3383 int button;
3385 /* Ignore middle and extra buttons as long as the menu is active. */
3386 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3387 if (f && f->output_data.w32->menubar_active)
3388 return 0;
3390 if (parse_button (msg, HIWORD (wParam), &button, &up))
3392 if (up) ReleaseCapture ();
3393 else SetCapture (hwnd);
3394 button = (button == 0) ? LMOUSE :
3395 ((button == 1) ? MMOUSE : RMOUSE);
3396 if (up)
3397 button_state &= ~button;
3398 else
3399 button_state |= button;
3403 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3404 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3405 signal_user_input ();
3407 /* Need to return true for XBUTTON messages, false for others,
3408 to indicate that we processed the message. */
3409 return (msg == WM_XBUTTONDOWN || msg == WM_XBUTTONUP);
3411 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
3412 /* Ignore mouse movements as long as the menu is active. These
3413 movements are processed by the window manager anyway, and
3414 it's wrong to handle them as if they happened on the
3415 underlying frame. */
3416 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3417 if (f && f->output_data.w32->menubar_active)
3418 return 0;
3420 /* If the mouse has just moved into the frame, start tracking
3421 it, so we will be notified when it leaves the frame. Mouse
3422 tracking only works under W98 and NT4 and later. On earlier
3423 versions, there is no way of telling when the mouse leaves the
3424 frame, so we just have to put up with help-echo and mouse
3425 highlighting remaining while the frame is not active. */
3426 if (track_mouse_event_fn && !track_mouse_window
3427 /* If the menu bar is active, turning on tracking of mouse
3428 movement events might send these events to the tooltip
3429 frame, if the user happens to move the mouse pointer over
3430 the tooltip. But since we don't process events for
3431 tooltip frames, this causes Windows to present a
3432 hourglass cursor, which is ugly and unexpected. So don't
3433 enable tracking mouse events in this case; they will be
3434 restarted when the menu pops down. (Confusingly, the
3435 menubar_active member of f->output_data.w32, tested
3436 above, is only set when a menu was popped up _not_ from
3437 the frame's menu bar, but via x-popup-menu.) */
3438 && !menubar_in_use)
3440 TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme;
3441 tme.cbSize = sizeof (tme);
3442 tme.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE;
3443 tme.hwndTrack = hwnd;
3444 tme.dwHoverTime = HOVER_DEFAULT;
3446 track_mouse_event_fn (&tme);
3447 track_mouse_window = hwnd;
3449 case WM_VSCROLL:
3450 if (w32_mouse_move_interval <= 0
3451 || (msg == WM_MOUSEMOVE && button_state == 0))
3453 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3454 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3455 return 0;
3458 /* Hang onto mouse move and scroll messages for a bit, to avoid
3459 sending such events to Emacs faster than it can process them.
3460 If we get more events before the timer from the first message
3461 expires, we just replace the first message. */
3463 if (saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd == 0)
3464 mouse_move_timer =
3465 SetTimer (hwnd, MOUSE_MOVE_ID,
3466 w32_mouse_move_interval, NULL);
3468 /* Hold onto message for now. */
3469 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd = hwnd;
3470 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.message = msg;
3471 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.wParam = wParam;
3472 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.lParam = lParam;
3473 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3474 saved_mouse_move_msg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3476 return 0;
3478 case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
3479 case WM_DROPFILES:
3480 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3481 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3482 signal_user_input ();
3483 return 0;
3485 case WM_APPCOMMAND:
3486 if (w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system)
3487 goto dflt;
3488 /* Otherwise, pass to lisp, the same way we do with mousehwheel. */
3489 case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL:
3490 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3491 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3492 signal_user_input ();
3493 /* Non-zero must be returned when WM_MOUSEHWHEEL messages are
3494 handled, to prevent the system trying to handle it by faking
3495 scroll bar events. */
3496 return 1;
3498 case WM_TIMER:
3499 /* Flush out saved messages if necessary. */
3500 if (wParam == mouse_button_timer)
3502 if (saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd)
3504 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3505 signal_user_input ();
3506 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3508 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3509 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3511 else if (wParam == mouse_move_timer)
3513 if (saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd)
3515 post_msg (&saved_mouse_move_msg);
3516 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3518 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_move_timer);
3519 mouse_move_timer = 0;
3521 else if (wParam == menu_free_timer)
3523 KillTimer (hwnd, menu_free_timer);
3524 menu_free_timer = 0;
3525 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3526 /* If a popup menu is active, don't wipe its strings. */
3527 if (menubar_in_use
3528 && current_popup_menu == NULL)
3530 /* Free memory used by owner-drawn and help-echo strings. */
3531 w32_free_menu_strings (hwnd);
3532 if (f)
3533 f->output_data.w32->menubar_active = 0;
3534 menubar_in_use = 0;
3537 return 0;
3539 case WM_NCACTIVATE:
3540 /* Windows doesn't send us focus messages when putting up and
3541 taking down a system popup dialog as for Ctrl-Alt-Del on Windows 95.
3542 The only indication we get that something happened is receiving
3543 this message afterwards. So this is a good time to reset our
3544 keyboard modifiers' state. */
3545 reset_modifiers ();
3546 goto dflt;
3548 case WM_INITMENU:
3549 button_state = 0;
3550 ReleaseCapture ();
3551 /* We must ensure menu bar is fully constructed and up to date
3552 before allowing user interaction with it. To achieve this
3553 we send this message to the lisp thread and wait for a
3554 reply (whose value is not actually needed) to indicate that
3555 the menu bar is now ready for use, so we can now return.
3557 To remain responsive in the meantime, we enter a nested message
3558 loop that can process all other messages.
3560 However, we skip all this if the message results from calling
3561 TrackPopupMenu - in fact, we must NOT attempt to send the lisp
3562 thread a message because it is blocked on us at this point. We
3563 set menubar_active before calling TrackPopupMenu to indicate
3564 this (there is no possibility of confusion with real menubar
3565 being active). */
3567 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3568 if (f
3569 && (f->output_data.w32->menubar_active
3570 /* We can receive this message even in the absence of a
3571 menubar (ie. when the system menu is activated) - in this
3572 case we do NOT want to forward the message, otherwise it
3573 will cause the menubar to suddenly appear when the user
3574 had requested it to be turned off! */
3575 || f->output_data.w32->menubar_widget == NULL))
3576 return 0;
3579 deferred_msg msg_buf;
3581 /* Detect if message has already been deferred; in this case
3582 we cannot return any sensible value to ignore this. */
3583 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg) != NULL)
3584 emacs_abort ();
3586 menubar_in_use = 1;
3588 return send_deferred_msg (&msg_buf, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3591 case WM_EXITMENULOOP:
3592 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3594 /* If a menu is still active, check again after a short delay,
3595 since Windows often (always?) sends the WM_EXITMENULOOP
3596 before the corresponding WM_COMMAND message.
3597 Don't do this if a popup menu is active, since it is only
3598 menubar menus that require cleaning up in this way.
3600 if (f && menubar_in_use && current_popup_menu == NULL)
3601 menu_free_timer = SetTimer (hwnd, MENU_FREE_ID, MENU_FREE_DELAY, NULL);
3603 /* If hourglass cursor should be displayed, display it now. */
3604 if (f && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p)
3605 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
3607 goto dflt;
3609 case WM_MENUSELECT:
3610 /* Direct handling of help_echo in menus. Should be safe now
3611 that we generate the help_echo by placing a help event in the
3612 keyboard buffer. */
3614 HMENU menu = (HMENU) lParam;
3615 UINT menu_item = (UINT) LOWORD (wParam);
3616 UINT flags = (UINT) HIWORD (wParam);
3618 w32_menu_display_help (hwnd, menu, menu_item, flags);
3620 return 0;
3622 case WM_MEASUREITEM:
3623 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3624 if (f)
3626 MEASUREITEMSTRUCT * pMis = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *) lParam;
3628 if (pMis->CtlType == ODT_MENU)
3630 /* Work out dimensions for popup menu titles. */
3631 char * title = (char *) pMis->itemData;
3632 HDC hdc = GetDC (hwnd);
3633 HFONT menu_font = GetCurrentObject (hdc, OBJ_FONT);
3634 LOGFONT menu_logfont;
3635 HFONT old_font;
3636 SIZE size;
3638 GetObject (menu_font, sizeof (menu_logfont), &menu_logfont);
3639 menu_logfont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
3640 menu_font = CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont);
3641 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, menu_font);
3643 pMis->itemHeight = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMENUSIZE);
3644 if (title)
3646 if (unicode_append_menu)
3647 GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc, (WCHAR *) title,
3648 wcslen ((WCHAR *) title),
3649 &size);
3650 else
3651 GetTextExtentPoint32 (hdc, title, strlen (title), &size);
3653 pMis->itemWidth = size.cx;
3654 if (pMis->itemHeight < size.cy)
3655 pMis->itemHeight = size.cy;
3657 else
3658 pMis->itemWidth = 0;
3660 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
3661 DeleteObject (menu_font);
3662 ReleaseDC (hwnd, hdc);
3663 return TRUE;
3666 return 0;
3668 case WM_DRAWITEM:
3669 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3670 if (f)
3672 DRAWITEMSTRUCT * pDis = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *) lParam;
3674 if (pDis->CtlType == ODT_MENU)
3676 /* Draw popup menu title. */
3677 char * title = (char *) pDis->itemData;
3678 if (title)
3680 HDC hdc = pDis->hDC;
3681 HFONT menu_font = GetCurrentObject (hdc, OBJ_FONT);
3682 LOGFONT menu_logfont;
3683 HFONT old_font;
3685 GetObject (menu_font, sizeof (menu_logfont), &menu_logfont);
3686 menu_logfont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
3687 menu_font = CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont);
3688 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, menu_font);
3690 /* Always draw title as if not selected. */
3691 if (unicode_append_menu)
3692 ExtTextOutW (hdc,
3693 pDis->rcItem.left
3694 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK),
3695 pDis->rcItem.top,
3696 ETO_OPAQUE, &pDis->rcItem,
3697 (WCHAR *) title,
3698 wcslen ((WCHAR *) title), NULL);
3699 else
3700 ExtTextOut (hdc,
3701 pDis->rcItem.left
3702 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK),
3703 pDis->rcItem.top,
3704 ETO_OPAQUE, &pDis->rcItem,
3705 title, strlen (title), NULL);
3707 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
3708 DeleteObject (menu_font);
3710 return TRUE;
3713 return 0;
3715 #if 0
3716 /* Still not right - can't distinguish between clicks in the
3717 client area of the frame from clicks forwarded from the scroll
3718 bars - may have to hook WM_NCHITTEST to remember the mouse
3719 position and then check if it is in the client area ourselves. */
3720 case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE:
3721 /* Discard the mouse click that activates a frame, allowing the
3722 user to click anywhere without changing point (or worse!).
3723 Don't eat mouse clicks on scrollbars though!! */
3724 if (LOWORD (lParam) == HTCLIENT )
3725 return MA_ACTIVATEANDEAT;
3726 goto dflt;
3727 #endif
3729 case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
3730 /* No longer tracking mouse. */
3731 track_mouse_window = NULL;
3733 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
3734 case WM_ACTIVATE:
3735 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
3736 case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
3737 /* Inform lisp thread that a frame might have just been obscured
3738 or exposed, so should recheck visibility of all frames. */
3739 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3740 goto dflt;
3742 case WM_SETFOCUS:
3743 dpyinfo->faked_key = 0;
3744 reset_modifiers ();
3745 register_hot_keys (hwnd);
3746 goto command;
3747 case WM_KILLFOCUS:
3748 unregister_hot_keys (hwnd);
3749 button_state = 0;
3750 ReleaseCapture ();
3751 /* Relinquish the system caret. */
3752 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd)
3754 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3755 w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3756 DestroyCaret ();
3758 goto command;
3759 case WM_COMMAND:
3760 menubar_in_use = 0;
3761 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3762 if (f && HIWORD (wParam) == 0)
3764 if (menu_free_timer)
3766 KillTimer (hwnd, menu_free_timer);
3767 menu_free_timer = 0;
3770 case WM_MOVE:
3771 case WM_SIZE:
3772 command:
3773 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3774 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3775 goto dflt;
3777 case WM_DESTROY:
3778 CoUninitialize ();
3779 return 0;
3781 case WM_CLOSE:
3782 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3783 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3784 return 0;
3786 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING:
3787 /* Don't restrict the sizing of tip frames. */
3788 if (frame_resize_pixelwise || hwnd == tip_window)
3789 return 0;
3791 /* Don't restrict the sizing of fullscreened frames, allowing them to be
3792 flush with the sides of the screen. */
3793 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3794 if (f && FRAME_PREV_FSMODE (f) != FULLSCREEN_NONE)
3795 return 0;
3798 WINDOWPLACEMENT wp;
3799 LPWINDOWPOS lppos = (WINDOWPOS *) lParam;
3801 wp.length = sizeof (WINDOWPLACEMENT);
3802 GetWindowPlacement (hwnd, &wp);
3804 if (wp.showCmd != SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED && wp.showCmd != SW_SHOWMINIMIZED
3805 && (lppos->flags & SWP_NOSIZE) == 0)
3807 RECT rect;
3808 int wdiff;
3809 int hdiff;
3810 DWORD font_width;
3811 DWORD line_height;
3812 DWORD internal_border;
3813 DWORD scrollbar_extra;
3814 RECT wr;
3816 wp.length = sizeof (wp);
3817 GetWindowRect (hwnd, &wr);
3819 enter_crit ();
3821 font_width = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX);
3822 line_height = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX);
3823 internal_border = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BORDER_INDEX);
3824 scrollbar_extra = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX);
3826 leave_crit ();
3828 memset (&rect, 0, sizeof (rect));
3829 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, GetWindowLong (hwnd, GWL_STYLE),
3830 GetMenu (hwnd) != NULL);
3832 /* Force width and height of client area to be exact
3833 multiples of the character cell dimensions. */
3834 wdiff = (lppos->cx - (rect.right - rect.left)
3835 - 2 * internal_border - scrollbar_extra)
3836 % font_width;
3837 hdiff = (lppos->cy - (rect.bottom - rect.top)
3838 - 2 * internal_border)
3839 % line_height;
3841 if (wdiff || hdiff)
3843 /* For right/bottom sizing we can just fix the sizes.
3844 However for top/left sizing we will need to fix the X
3845 and Y positions as well. */
3847 int cx_mintrack = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMINTRACK);
3848 int cy_mintrack = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMINTRACK);
3850 lppos->cx = max (lppos->cx - wdiff, cx_mintrack);
3851 lppos->cy = max (lppos->cy - hdiff, cy_mintrack);
3853 if (wp.showCmd != SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED
3854 && (lppos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE) == 0)
3856 if (lppos->x != wr.left || lppos->y != wr.top)
3858 lppos->x += wdiff;
3859 lppos->y += hdiff;
3861 else
3863 lppos->flags |= SWP_NOMOVE;
3867 return 0;
3872 goto dflt;
3874 case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
3875 /* Hack to allow resizing the Emacs frame above the screen size.
3876 Note that Windows 9x limits coordinates to 16-bits. */
3877 ((LPMINMAXINFO) lParam)->ptMaxTrackSize.x = 32767;
3878 ((LPMINMAXINFO) lParam)->ptMaxTrackSize.y = 32767;
3879 return 0;
3881 case WM_SETCURSOR:
3882 if (LOWORD (lParam) == HTCLIENT)
3884 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3885 if (f && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p
3886 && !menubar_in_use && !current_popup_menu)
3887 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
3888 else if (f)
3889 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->current_cursor);
3890 return 0;
3892 goto dflt;
3894 case WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR:
3896 Cursor cursor = (Cursor) wParam;
3897 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3898 if (f && cursor)
3900 f->output_data.w32->current_cursor = cursor;
3901 if (!f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p)
3902 SetCursor (cursor);
3904 return 0;
3907 case WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR:
3908 return (LRESULT) w32_createscrollbar ((struct frame *) wParam,
3909 (struct scroll_bar *) lParam);
3911 case WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW:
3912 return ShowWindow ((HWND) wParam, (WPARAM) lParam);
3914 case WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP:
3915 case WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND:
3917 HWND foreground_window;
3918 DWORD foreground_thread, retval;
3920 /* On NT 5.0, and apparently Windows 98, it is necessary to
3921 attach to the thread that currently has focus in order to
3922 pull the focus away from it. */
3923 foreground_window = GetForegroundWindow ();
3924 foreground_thread = GetWindowThreadProcessId (foreground_window, NULL);
3925 if (!foreground_window
3926 || foreground_thread == GetCurrentThreadId ()
3927 || !AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
3928 foreground_thread, TRUE))
3929 foreground_thread = 0;
3931 retval = SetForegroundWindow ((HWND) wParam);
3932 if (msg == WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP)
3933 retval = BringWindowToTop ((HWND) wParam);
3935 /* Detach from the previous foreground thread. */
3936 if (foreground_thread)
3937 AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
3938 foreground_thread, FALSE);
3940 return retval;
3943 case WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS:
3945 WINDOWPOS * pos = (WINDOWPOS *) wParam;
3946 return SetWindowPos (hwnd, pos->hwndInsertAfter,
3947 pos->x, pos->y, pos->cx, pos->cy, pos->flags);
3950 case WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW:
3951 DragAcceptFiles ((HWND) wParam, FALSE);
3952 return DestroyWindow ((HWND) wParam);
3954 case WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET:
3955 return HideCaret (hwnd);
3957 case WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET:
3958 return ShowCaret (hwnd);
3960 case WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET:
3961 w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3962 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3963 return DestroyCaret ();
3965 case WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET:
3966 /* If there is currently no system caret, create one. */
3967 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd == NULL)
3969 /* Use the default caret width, and avoid changing it
3970 unnecessarily, as it confuses screen reader software. */
3971 w32_system_caret_hwnd = hwnd;
3972 CreateCaret (hwnd, NULL, 0,
3973 w32_system_caret_height);
3976 if (!SetCaretPos (w32_system_caret_x, w32_system_caret_y))
3977 return 0;
3978 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned on when requested. */
3979 else if (w32_use_visible_system_caret
3980 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd != hwnd)
3982 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = hwnd;
3983 return ShowCaret (hwnd);
3985 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned off when requested. */
3986 else if (!w32_use_visible_system_caret
3987 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd)
3989 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3990 return HideCaret (hwnd);
3992 else
3993 return 1;
3995 case WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU:
3997 UINT flags;
3998 POINT *pos;
3999 int retval;
4000 pos = (POINT *)lParam;
4001 flags = TPM_CENTERALIGN;
4002 if (button_state & LMOUSE)
4003 flags |= TPM_LEFTBUTTON;
4004 else if (button_state & RMOUSE)
4005 flags |= TPM_RIGHTBUTTON;
4007 /* Remember we did a SetCapture on the initial mouse down event,
4008 so for safety, we make sure the capture is canceled now. */
4009 ReleaseCapture ();
4010 button_state = 0;
4012 /* Use menubar_active to indicate that WM_INITMENU is from
4013 TrackPopupMenu below, and should be ignored. */
4014 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
4015 if (f)
4016 f->output_data.w32->menubar_active = 1;
4018 if (TrackPopupMenu ((HMENU)wParam, flags, pos->x, pos->y,
4019 0, hwnd, NULL))
4021 MSG amsg;
4022 /* Eat any mouse messages during popupmenu */
4023 while (PeekMessage (&amsg, hwnd, WM_MOUSEFIRST, WM_MOUSELAST,
4024 PM_REMOVE));
4025 /* Get the menu selection, if any */
4026 if (PeekMessage (&amsg, hwnd, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE))
4028 retval = LOWORD (amsg.wParam);
4030 else
4032 retval = 0;
4035 else
4037 retval = -1;
4040 return retval;
4042 case WM_EMACS_FILENOTIFY:
4043 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4044 return 1;
4046 default:
4047 /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */
4048 if (msg == msh_mousewheel)
4050 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
4051 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4052 signal_user_input ();
4053 return 0;
4056 dflt:
4057 return (w32_unicode_gui ? DefWindowProcW : DefWindowProcA) (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4060 /* The most common default return code for handled messages is 0. */
4061 return 0;
4064 static void
4065 my_create_window (struct frame * f)
4067 MSG msg;
4068 static int coords[2];
4069 Lisp_Object left, top;
4070 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
4072 /* When called with RES_TYPE_NUMBER, x_get_arg will return zero for
4073 anything that is not a number and is not Qunbound. */
4074 left = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, Qnil, Qleft, "left", "Left", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4075 top = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, Qnil, Qtop, "top", "Top", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4076 if (EQ (left, Qunbound))
4077 coords[0] = CW_USEDEFAULT;
4078 else
4079 coords[0] = XINT (left);
4080 if (EQ (top, Qunbound))
4081 coords[1] = CW_USEDEFAULT;
4082 else
4083 coords[1] = XINT (top);
4085 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW,
4086 (WPARAM)f, (LPARAM)coords))
4087 emacs_abort ();
4088 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
4092 /* Create a tooltip window. Unlike my_create_window, we do not do this
4093 indirectly via the Window thread, as we do not need to process Window
4094 messages for the tooltip. Creating tooltips indirectly also creates
4095 deadlocks when tooltips are created for menu items. */
4096 static void
4097 my_create_tip_window (struct frame *f)
4099 RECT rect;
4101 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
4102 rect.right = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
4103 rect.bottom = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
4105 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
4106 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
4108 tip_window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)
4109 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS,
4110 f->namebuf,
4111 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
4112 f->left_pos,
4113 f->top_pos,
4114 rect.right - rect.left,
4115 rect.bottom - rect.top,
4116 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ()), /* owner */
4117 NULL,
4118 hinst,
4119 NULL);
4121 if (tip_window)
4123 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f));
4124 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f));
4125 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_BORDER_INDEX, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
4126 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
4128 /* Tip frames have no scrollbars. */
4129 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, 0);
4131 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
4132 ShowWindow (tip_window, SW_HIDE);
4137 /* Create and set up the w32 window for frame F. */
4139 static void
4140 w32_window (struct frame *f, long window_prompting, int minibuffer_only)
4142 block_input ();
4144 /* Use the resource name as the top-level window name
4145 for looking up resources. Make a non-Lisp copy
4146 for the window manager, so GC relocation won't bother it.
4148 Elsewhere we specify the window name for the window manager. */
4149 f->namebuf = xstrdup (SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
4151 my_create_window (f);
4153 validate_x_resource_name ();
4155 /* x_set_name normally ignores requests to set the name if the
4156 requested name is the same as the current name. This is the one
4157 place where that assumption isn't correct; f->name is set, but
4158 the server hasn't been told. */
4160 Lisp_Object name;
4161 int explicit = f->explicit_name;
4163 f->explicit_name = 0;
4164 name = f->name;
4165 fset_name (f, Qnil);
4166 x_set_name (f, name, explicit);
4169 unblock_input ();
4171 if (!minibuffer_only && FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f))
4172 initialize_frame_menubar (f);
4174 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0)
4175 error ("Unable to create window");
4178 /* Handle the icon stuff for this window. Perhaps later we might
4179 want an x_set_icon_position which can be called interactively as
4180 well. */
4182 static void
4183 x_icon (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object parms)
4185 Lisp_Object icon_x, icon_y;
4186 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
4188 /* Set the position of the icon. Note that Windows 95 groups all
4189 icons in the tray. */
4190 icon_x = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qicon_left, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4191 icon_y = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qicon_top, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4192 if (!EQ (icon_x, Qunbound) && !EQ (icon_y, Qunbound))
4194 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_x);
4195 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_y);
4197 else if (!EQ (icon_x, Qunbound) || !EQ (icon_y, Qunbound))
4198 error ("Both left and top icon corners of icon must be specified");
4200 block_input ();
4202 #if 0 /* TODO */
4203 /* Start up iconic or window? */
4204 x_wm_set_window_state
4205 (f, (EQ (x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qvisibility, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL), Qicon)
4206 ? IconicState
4207 : NormalState));
4209 x_text_icon (f, SSDATA ((!NILP (f->icon_name)
4210 ? f->icon_name
4211 : f->name)));
4212 #endif
4214 unblock_input ();
4218 static void
4219 x_make_gc (struct frame *f)
4221 XGCValues gc_values;
4223 block_input ();
4225 /* Create the GC's of this frame.
4226 Note that many default values are used. */
4228 /* Normal video */
4229 gc_values.font = FRAME_FONT (f);
4231 /* Cursor has cursor-color background, background-color foreground. */
4232 gc_values.foreground = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
4233 gc_values.background = f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel;
4234 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc
4235 = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
4236 (GCFont | GCForeground | GCBackground),
4237 &gc_values);
4239 /* Reliefs. */
4240 f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc = 0;
4241 f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc = 0;
4243 unblock_input ();
4247 /* Handler for signals raised during x_create_frame and
4248 x_create_tip_frame. FRAME is the frame which is partially
4249 constructed. */
4251 static Lisp_Object
4252 unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
4254 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
4256 /* If frame is ``official'', nothing to do. */
4257 if (NILP (Fmemq (frame, Vframe_list)))
4259 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4260 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
4262 /* If the frame's image cache refcount is still the same as our
4263 private shadow variable, it means we are unwinding a frame
4264 for which we didn't yet call init_frame_faces, where the
4265 refcount is incremented. Therefore, we increment it here, so
4266 that free_frame_faces, called in x_free_frame_resources
4267 below, will not mistakenly decrement the counter that was not
4268 incremented yet to account for this new frame. */
4269 if (FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f) != NULL
4270 && FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount == image_cache_refcount)
4271 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount++;
4272 #endif
4274 x_free_frame_resources (f);
4275 free_glyphs (f);
4277 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4278 /* Check that reference counts are indeed correct. */
4279 eassert (dpyinfo->reference_count == dpyinfo_refcount);
4280 eassert ((dpyinfo->terminal->image_cache == NULL
4281 && image_cache_refcount == 0)
4282 || (dpyinfo->terminal->image_cache != NULL
4283 && dpyinfo->terminal->image_cache->refcount == image_cache_refcount));
4284 #endif
4285 return Qt;
4288 return Qnil;
4291 static void
4292 do_unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
4294 unwind_create_frame (frame);
4297 static void
4298 unwind_create_frame_1 (Lisp_Object val)
4300 inhibit_lisp_code = val;
4303 static void
4304 x_default_font_parameter (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object parms)
4306 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
4307 Lisp_Object font_param = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qfont, NULL, NULL,
4308 RES_TYPE_STRING);
4309 Lisp_Object font;
4310 if (EQ (font_param, Qunbound))
4311 font_param = Qnil;
4312 font = !NILP (font_param) ? font_param
4313 : x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qfont, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4315 if (!STRINGP (font))
4317 int i;
4318 static char *names[]
4319 = { "Courier New-10",
4320 "-*-Courier-normal-r-*-*-13-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
4321 "-*-Fixedsys-normal-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
4322 "Fixedsys",
4323 NULL };
4325 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
4327 font = font_open_by_name (f, build_unibyte_string (names[i]));
4328 if (! NILP (font))
4329 break;
4331 if (NILP (font))
4332 error ("No suitable font was found");
4334 else if (!NILP (font_param))
4336 /* Remember the explicit font parameter, so we can re-apply it after
4337 we've applied the `default' face settings. */
4338 x_set_frame_parameters (f, Fcons (Fcons (Qfont_param, font_param), Qnil));
4340 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qfont, font, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4343 DEFUN ("x-create-frame", Fx_create_frame, Sx_create_frame,
4344 1, 1, 0,
4345 doc: /* Make a new window, which is called a \"frame\" in Emacs terms.
4346 Return an Emacs frame object.
4347 PARAMETERS is an alist of frame parameters.
4348 If the parameters specify that the frame should not have a minibuffer,
4349 and do not specify a specific minibuffer window to use,
4350 then `default-minibuffer-frame' must be a frame whose minibuffer can
4351 be shared by the new frame.
4353 This function is an internal primitive--use `make-frame' instead. */)
4354 (Lisp_Object parameters)
4356 struct frame *f;
4357 Lisp_Object frame, tem;
4358 Lisp_Object name;
4359 int minibuffer_only = 0;
4360 long window_prompting = 0;
4361 int width, height;
4362 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
4363 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
4364 Lisp_Object display;
4365 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = NULL;
4366 Lisp_Object parent;
4367 struct kboard *kb;
4369 if (!FRAME_W32_P (SELECTED_FRAME ())
4370 && !FRAME_INITIAL_P (SELECTED_FRAME ()))
4371 error ("Cannot create a GUI frame in a -nw session");
4373 /* Make copy of frame parameters because the original is in pure
4374 storage now. */
4375 parameters = Fcopy_alist (parameters);
4377 /* Use this general default value to start with
4378 until we know if this frame has a specified name. */
4379 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
4381 display = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qterminal, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4382 if (EQ (display, Qunbound))
4383 display = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qdisplay, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_STRING);
4384 if (EQ (display, Qunbound))
4385 display = Qnil;
4386 dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4387 kb = dpyinfo->terminal->kboard;
4389 if (!dpyinfo->terminal->name)
4390 error ("Terminal is not live, can't create new frames on it");
4392 name = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qname, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4393 if (!STRINGP (name)
4394 && ! EQ (name, Qunbound)
4395 && ! NILP (name))
4396 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
4398 if (STRINGP (name))
4399 Vx_resource_name = name;
4401 /* See if parent window is specified. */
4402 parent = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qparent_id, NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4403 if (EQ (parent, Qunbound))
4404 parent = Qnil;
4405 if (! NILP (parent))
4406 CHECK_NUMBER (parent);
4408 /* make_frame_without_minibuffer can run Lisp code and garbage collect. */
4409 /* No need to protect DISPLAY because that's not used after passing
4410 it to make_frame_without_minibuffer. */
4411 frame = Qnil;
4412 GCPRO4 (parameters, parent, name, frame);
4413 tem = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qminibuffer, "minibuffer", "Minibuffer",
4414 RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4415 if (EQ (tem, Qnone) || NILP (tem))
4416 f = make_frame_without_minibuffer (Qnil, kb, display);
4417 else if (EQ (tem, Qonly))
4419 f = make_minibuffer_frame ();
4420 minibuffer_only = 1;
4422 else if (WINDOWP (tem))
4423 f = make_frame_without_minibuffer (tem, kb, display);
4424 else
4425 f = make_frame (1);
4427 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
4429 /* By default, make scrollbars the system standard width. */
4430 x_set_scroll_bar_default_width (f);
4432 f->terminal = dpyinfo->terminal;
4434 f->output_method = output_w32;
4435 f->output_data.w32 = xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output));
4436 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
4438 fset_icon_name
4439 (f, x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qicon_name, "iconName", "Title",
4440 RES_TYPE_STRING));
4441 if (! STRINGP (f->icon_name))
4442 fset_icon_name (f, Qnil);
4444 /* FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) = dpyinfo; */
4446 /* With FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO set up, this unwind-protect is safe. */
4447 record_unwind_protect (do_unwind_create_frame, frame);
4449 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4450 image_cache_refcount =
4451 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount : 0;
4452 dpyinfo_refcount = dpyinfo->reference_count;
4453 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
4455 /* Specify the parent under which to make this window. */
4457 if (!NILP (parent))
4459 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = (Window) XFASTINT (parent);
4460 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 1;
4462 else
4464 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
4465 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 0;
4468 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
4469 be set. */
4470 if (EQ (name, Qunbound) || NILP (name))
4472 fset_name (f, build_string (dpyinfo->w32_id_name));
4473 f->explicit_name = 0;
4475 else
4477 fset_name (f, name);
4478 f->explicit_name = 1;
4479 /* use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
4480 specbind (Qx_resource_name, name);
4483 if (uniscribe_available)
4484 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver, f);
4485 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver, f);
4487 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qfont_backend, Qnil,
4488 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4489 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
4490 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
4491 x_default_font_parameter (f, parameters);
4492 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qborder_width, make_number (2),
4493 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4495 /* We recognize either internalBorderWidth or internalBorder
4496 (which is what xterm calls it). */
4497 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parameters)))
4499 Lisp_Object value;
4501 value = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qinternal_border_width,
4502 "internalBorder", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4503 if (! EQ (value, Qunbound))
4504 parameters = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, value),
4505 parameters);
4507 /* Default internalBorderWidth to 0 on Windows to match other programs. */
4508 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qinternal_border_width, make_number (0),
4509 "internalBorderWidth", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4510 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qright_divider_width, make_number (0),
4511 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4512 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qbottom_divider_width, make_number (0),
4513 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4514 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qvertical_scroll_bars, Qright,
4515 "verticalScrollBars", "ScrollBars", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4517 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
4518 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qforeground_color, build_string ("black"),
4519 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4520 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qbackground_color, build_string ("white"),
4521 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4522 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qmouse_color, build_string ("black"),
4523 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4524 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qborder_color, build_string ("black"),
4525 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4526 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qscreen_gamma, Qnil,
4527 "screenGamma", "ScreenGamma", RES_TYPE_FLOAT);
4528 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qline_spacing, Qnil,
4529 "lineSpacing", "LineSpacing", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4530 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qleft_fringe, Qnil,
4531 "leftFringe", "LeftFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4532 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qright_fringe, Qnil,
4533 "rightFringe", "RightFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4534 /* Process alpha here (Bug#16619). */
4535 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qalpha, Qnil,
4536 "alpha", "Alpha", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4538 /* Init faces before x_default_parameter is called for scroll-bar
4539 parameters because that function calls x_set_scroll_bar_width,
4540 which calls change_frame_size, which calls Fset_window_buffer,
4541 which runs hooks, which call Fvertical_motion. At the end, we
4542 end up in init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not
4543 happen. */
4544 init_frame_faces (f);
4546 /* Avoid calling window-configuration-change-hook; otherwise we
4547 could get an infloop in next_frame since the frame is not yet in
4548 Vframe_list. */
4550 ptrdiff_t count2 = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
4552 record_unwind_protect (unwind_create_frame_1, inhibit_lisp_code);
4553 inhibit_lisp_code = Qt;
4555 /* PXW: This is a duplicate from below. We have to do it here since
4556 otherwise x_set_tool_bar_lines will work with the character sizes
4557 installed by init_frame_faces while the frame's pixel size is still
4558 calculated from a character size of 1 and we subsequently hit the
4559 eassert (height >= 0) assertion in window_box_height. The
4560 non-pixelwise code apparently worked around this because it had one
4561 frame line vs one toolbar line which left us with a zero root
4562 window height which was obviously wrong as well ... */
4563 change_frame_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f),
4564 FRAME_LINES (f) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f), 1, 0, 0, 1);
4566 /* The X resources controlling the menu-bar and tool-bar are
4567 processed specially at startup, and reflected in the mode
4568 variables; ignore them here. */
4569 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qmenu_bar_lines,
4570 NILP (Vmenu_bar_mode)
4571 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
4572 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4573 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qtool_bar_lines,
4574 NILP (Vtool_bar_mode)
4575 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
4576 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4578 unbind_to (count2, Qnil);
4581 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qbuffer_predicate, Qnil,
4582 "bufferPredicate", "BufferPredicate", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4583 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qtitle, Qnil,
4584 "title", "Title", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4585 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qfullscreen, Qnil,
4586 "fullscreen", "Fullscreen", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4588 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle = WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW;
4589 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
4591 f->output_data.w32->text_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_IBEAM);
4592 f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW);
4593 f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW);
4594 f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_HAND);
4595 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_WAIT);
4596 f->output_data.w32->horizontal_drag_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_SIZEWE);
4597 f->output_data.w32->vertical_drag_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_SIZENS);
4599 f->output_data.w32->current_cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor;
4601 window_prompting = x_figure_window_size (f, parameters, 1);
4603 tem = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qunsplittable, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4604 f->no_split = minibuffer_only || EQ (tem, Qt);
4606 w32_window (f, window_prompting, minibuffer_only);
4607 x_icon (f, parameters);
4609 x_make_gc (f);
4611 /* Now consider the frame official. */
4612 f->terminal->reference_count++;
4613 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->reference_count++;
4614 Vframe_list = Fcons (frame, Vframe_list);
4616 /* We need to do this after creating the window, so that the
4617 icon-creation functions can say whose icon they're describing. */
4618 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qicon_type, Qnil,
4619 "bitmapIcon", "BitmapIcon", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4621 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qauto_raise, Qnil,
4622 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4623 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qauto_lower, Qnil,
4624 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4625 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qcursor_type, Qbox,
4626 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4627 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qscroll_bar_width, Qnil,
4628 "scrollBarWidth", "ScrollBarWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4630 /* Dimensions, especially FRAME_LINES (f), must be done via change_frame_size.
4631 Change will not be effected unless different from the current
4632 FRAME_LINES (f). */
4633 width = FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f);
4634 height = FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f);
4635 FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f) = 0;
4636 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, 0);
4637 change_frame_size (f, width, height, 1, 0, 0, 1);
4639 /* Tell the server what size and position, etc, we want, and how
4640 badly we want them. This should be done after we have the menu
4641 bar so that its size can be taken into account. */
4642 block_input ();
4643 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, window_prompting, 0);
4644 unblock_input ();
4646 /* Make the window appear on the frame and enable display, unless
4647 the caller says not to. However, with explicit parent, Emacs
4648 cannot control visibility, so don't try. */
4649 if (! f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent)
4651 Lisp_Object visibility;
4653 visibility = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qvisibility, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4654 if (EQ (visibility, Qunbound))
4655 visibility = Qt;
4657 if (EQ (visibility, Qicon))
4658 x_iconify_frame (f);
4659 else if (! NILP (visibility))
4660 x_make_frame_visible (f);
4661 else
4662 /* Must have been Qnil. */
4666 /* Initialize `default-minibuffer-frame' in case this is the first
4667 frame on this terminal. */
4668 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)
4669 && (!FRAMEP (KVAR (kb, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame))
4670 || !FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (KVAR (kb, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame)))))
4671 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (kb, frame);
4673 /* All remaining specified parameters, which have not been "used"
4674 by x_get_arg and friends, now go in the misc. alist of the frame. */
4675 for (tem = parameters; CONSP (tem); tem = XCDR (tem))
4676 if (CONSP (XCAR (tem)) && !NILP (XCAR (XCAR (tem))))
4677 fset_param_alist (f, Fcons (XCAR (tem), f->param_alist));
4679 UNGCPRO;
4681 /* Make sure windows on this frame appear in calls to next-window
4682 and similar functions. */
4683 Vwindow_list = Qnil;
4685 return unbind_to (count, frame);
4688 /* FRAME is used only to get a handle on the X display. We don't pass the
4689 display info directly because we're called from frame.c, which doesn't
4690 know about that structure. */
4691 Lisp_Object
4692 x_get_focus_frame (struct frame *frame)
4694 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame);
4695 Lisp_Object xfocus;
4696 if (! dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
4697 return Qnil;
4699 XSETFRAME (xfocus, dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame);
4700 return xfocus;
4703 DEFUN ("xw-color-defined-p", Fxw_color_defined_p, Sxw_color_defined_p, 1, 2, 0,
4704 doc: /* Internal function called by `color-defined-p', which see.
4705 \(Note that the Nextstep version of this function ignores FRAME.) */)
4706 (Lisp_Object color, Lisp_Object frame)
4708 XColor foo;
4709 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
4711 CHECK_STRING (color);
4713 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (color), &foo, 0))
4714 return Qt;
4715 else
4716 return Qnil;
4719 DEFUN ("xw-color-values", Fxw_color_values, Sxw_color_values, 1, 2, 0,
4720 doc: /* Internal function called by `color-values', which see. */)
4721 (Lisp_Object color, Lisp_Object frame)
4723 XColor foo;
4724 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
4726 CHECK_STRING (color);
4728 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (color), &foo, 0))
4729 return list3i ((GetRValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetRValue (foo.pixel),
4730 (GetGValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetGValue (foo.pixel),
4731 (GetBValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetBValue (foo.pixel));
4732 else
4733 return Qnil;
4736 DEFUN ("xw-display-color-p", Fxw_display_color_p, Sxw_display_color_p, 0, 1, 0,
4737 doc: /* Internal function called by `display-color-p', which see. */)
4738 (Lisp_Object display)
4740 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4742 if ((dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits) <= 2)
4743 return Qnil;
4745 return Qt;
4748 DEFUN ("x-display-grayscale-p", Fx_display_grayscale_p,
4749 Sx_display_grayscale_p, 0, 1, 0,
4750 doc: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports shades of gray.
4751 Note that color displays do support shades of gray.
4752 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4753 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4754 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4755 (Lisp_Object display)
4757 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4759 if ((dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits) <= 1)
4760 return Qnil;
4762 return Qt;
4765 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-width", Fx_display_pixel_width,
4766 Sx_display_pixel_width, 0, 1, 0,
4767 doc: /* Return the width in pixels of DISPLAY.
4768 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4769 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4770 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4772 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel width for all
4773 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
4774 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4775 (Lisp_Object display)
4777 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4779 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo));
4782 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-height", Fx_display_pixel_height,
4783 Sx_display_pixel_height, 0, 1, 0,
4784 doc: /* Return the height in pixels of DISPLAY.
4785 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4786 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4787 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4789 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel height for all
4790 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
4791 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4792 (Lisp_Object display)
4794 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4796 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo));
4799 DEFUN ("x-display-planes", Fx_display_planes, Sx_display_planes,
4800 0, 1, 0,
4801 doc: /* Return the number of bitplanes of DISPLAY.
4802 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4803 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4804 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4805 (Lisp_Object display)
4807 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4809 return make_number (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits);
4812 DEFUN ("x-display-color-cells", Fx_display_color_cells, Sx_display_color_cells,
4813 0, 1, 0,
4814 doc: /* Return the number of color cells of DISPLAY.
4815 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4816 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4817 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4818 (Lisp_Object display)
4820 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4821 int cap;
4823 /* Don't use NCOLORS: it returns incorrect results under remote
4824 * desktop. We force 24+ bit depths to 24-bit, both to prevent an
4825 * overflow and because probably is more meaningful on Windows
4826 * anyway. */
4828 cap = 1 << min (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits, 24);
4829 return make_number (cap);
4832 DEFUN ("x-server-max-request-size", Fx_server_max_request_size,
4833 Sx_server_max_request_size,
4834 0, 1, 0,
4835 doc: /* Return the maximum request size of the server of DISPLAY.
4836 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4837 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4838 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4839 (Lisp_Object display)
4841 return make_number (1);
4844 DEFUN ("x-server-vendor", Fx_server_vendor, Sx_server_vendor, 0, 1, 0,
4845 doc: /* Return the "vendor ID" string of the W32 system (Microsoft).
4846 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4847 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4848 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4849 (Lisp_Object display)
4851 return build_string ("Microsoft Corp.");
4854 DEFUN ("x-server-version", Fx_server_version, Sx_server_version, 0, 1, 0,
4855 doc: /* Return the version numbers of the server of DISPLAY.
4856 The value is a list of three integers: the major and minor
4857 version numbers of the X Protocol in use, and the distributor-specific
4858 release number. See also the function `x-server-vendor'.
4860 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4861 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4862 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4863 (Lisp_Object display)
4865 return list3i (w32_major_version, w32_minor_version, w32_build_number);
4868 DEFUN ("x-display-screens", Fx_display_screens, Sx_display_screens, 0, 1, 0,
4869 doc: /* Return the number of screens on the server of DISPLAY.
4870 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4871 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4872 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4873 (Lisp_Object display)
4875 return make_number (1);
4878 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-height", Fx_display_mm_height,
4879 Sx_display_mm_height, 0, 1, 0,
4880 doc: /* Return the height in millimeters of DISPLAY.
4881 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4882 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4883 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4885 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the height in millimeters for
4886 all physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information
4887 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4888 (Lisp_Object display)
4890 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4891 HDC hdc;
4892 double mm_per_pixel;
4894 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
4895 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE)
4896 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES));
4897 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
4899 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo) * mm_per_pixel + 0.5);
4902 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-width", Fx_display_mm_width, Sx_display_mm_width, 0, 1, 0,
4903 doc: /* Return the width in millimeters of DISPLAY.
4904 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4905 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4906 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4908 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the width in millimeters for
4909 all physical monitors associated with TERMINAL. To get information
4910 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4911 (Lisp_Object display)
4913 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4914 HDC hdc;
4915 double mm_per_pixel;
4917 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
4918 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE)
4919 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES));
4920 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
4922 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo) * mm_per_pixel + 0.5);
4925 DEFUN ("x-display-backing-store", Fx_display_backing_store,
4926 Sx_display_backing_store, 0, 1, 0,
4927 doc: /* Return an indication of whether DISPLAY does backing store.
4928 The value may be `always', `when-mapped', or `not-useful'.
4929 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4930 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4931 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4932 (Lisp_Object display)
4934 return intern ("not-useful");
4937 DEFUN ("x-display-visual-class", Fx_display_visual_class,
4938 Sx_display_visual_class, 0, 1, 0,
4939 doc: /* Return the visual class of DISPLAY.
4940 The value is one of the symbols `static-gray', `gray-scale',
4941 `static-color', `pseudo-color', `true-color', or `direct-color'.
4943 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4944 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4945 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4946 (Lisp_Object display)
4948 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4949 Lisp_Object result = Qnil;
4951 if (dpyinfo->has_palette)
4952 result = intern ("pseudo-color");
4953 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits == 1)
4954 result = intern ("static-grey");
4955 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits == 4)
4956 result = intern ("static-color");
4957 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits > 8)
4958 result = intern ("true-color");
4960 return result;
4963 DEFUN ("x-display-save-under", Fx_display_save_under,
4964 Sx_display_save_under, 0, 1, 0,
4965 doc: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports the save-under feature.
4966 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4967 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4968 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4969 (Lisp_Object display)
4971 return Qnil;
4974 static BOOL CALLBACK
4975 w32_monitor_enum (HMONITOR monitor, HDC hdc, RECT *rcMonitor, LPARAM dwData)
4977 Lisp_Object *monitor_list = (Lisp_Object *) dwData;
4979 *monitor_list = Fcons (make_save_ptr (monitor), *monitor_list);
4981 return TRUE;
4984 static Lisp_Object
4985 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list (void)
4987 Lisp_Object attributes_list = Qnil, primary_monitor_attributes = Qnil;
4988 Lisp_Object monitor_list = Qnil, monitor_frames, rest, frame;
4989 int i, n_monitors;
4990 HMONITOR *monitors;
4991 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
4993 if (!(enum_display_monitors_fn && get_monitor_info_fn
4994 && monitor_from_window_fn))
4995 return Qnil;
4997 if (!enum_display_monitors_fn (NULL, NULL, w32_monitor_enum,
4998 (LPARAM) &monitor_list)
4999 || NILP (monitor_list))
5000 return Qnil;
5002 n_monitors = 0;
5003 for (rest = monitor_list; CONSP (rest); rest = XCDR (rest))
5004 n_monitors++;
5006 monitors = xmalloc (n_monitors * sizeof (*monitors));
5007 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
5009 monitors[i] = XSAVE_POINTER (XCAR (monitor_list), 0);
5010 monitor_list = XCDR (monitor_list);
5013 monitor_frames = Fmake_vector (make_number (n_monitors), Qnil);
5014 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame)
5016 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
5018 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && !EQ (frame, tip_frame))
5020 HMONITOR monitor =
5021 monitor_from_window_fn (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5022 MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
5024 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
5025 if (monitors[i] == monitor)
5026 break;
5028 if (i < n_monitors)
5029 ASET (monitor_frames, i, Fcons (frame, AREF (monitor_frames, i)));
5033 GCPRO3 (attributes_list, primary_monitor_attributes, monitor_frames);
5035 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
5037 Lisp_Object geometry, workarea, name, attributes = Qnil;
5038 HDC hdc;
5039 int width_mm, height_mm;
5040 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX mi;
5042 mi.cbSize = sizeof (mi);
5043 if (!get_monitor_info_fn (monitors[i], (struct MONITOR_INFO *) &mi))
5044 continue;
5046 hdc = CreateDCA ("DISPLAY", mi.szDevice, NULL, NULL);
5047 if (hdc == NULL)
5048 continue;
5049 width_mm = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE);
5050 height_mm = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE);
5051 DeleteDC (hdc);
5053 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qframes, AREF (monitor_frames, i)),
5054 attributes);
5056 name = DECODE_SYSTEM (build_unibyte_string (mi.szDevice));
5058 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, name), attributes);
5060 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size, list2i (width_mm, height_mm)),
5061 attributes);
5063 workarea = list4i (mi.rcWork.left, mi.rcWork.top,
5064 mi.rcWork.right - mi.rcWork.left,
5065 mi.rcWork.bottom - mi.rcWork.top);
5066 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea, workarea), attributes);
5068 geometry = list4i (mi.rcMonitor.left, mi.rcMonitor.top,
5069 mi.rcMonitor.right - mi.rcMonitor.left,
5070 mi.rcMonitor.bottom - mi.rcMonitor.top);
5071 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry, geometry), attributes);
5073 if (mi.dwFlags & MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY)
5074 primary_monitor_attributes = attributes;
5075 else
5076 attributes_list = Fcons (attributes, attributes_list);
5079 if (!NILP (primary_monitor_attributes))
5080 attributes_list = Fcons (primary_monitor_attributes, attributes_list);
5082 UNGCPRO;
5084 xfree (monitors);
5086 return attributes_list;
5089 static Lisp_Object
5090 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo)
5092 Lisp_Object geometry, workarea, frames, rest, frame, attributes = Qnil;
5093 HDC hdc;
5094 double mm_per_pixel;
5095 int pixel_width, pixel_height, width_mm, height_mm;
5096 RECT workarea_rect;
5098 /* Fallback: treat (possibly) multiple physical monitors as if they
5099 formed a single monitor as a whole. This should provide a
5100 consistent result at least on single monitor environments. */
5101 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, build_string ("combined screen")),
5102 attributes);
5104 frames = Qnil;
5105 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame)
5107 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
5109 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && !EQ (frame, tip_frame))
5110 frames = Fcons (frame, frames);
5112 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qframes, frames), attributes);
5114 pixel_width = x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo);
5115 pixel_height = x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo);
5117 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
5118 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE)
5119 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES));
5120 width_mm = pixel_width * mm_per_pixel + 0.5;
5121 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE)
5122 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES));
5123 height_mm = pixel_height * mm_per_pixel + 0.5;
5124 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
5125 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size, list2i (width_mm, height_mm)),
5126 attributes);
5128 /* GetSystemMetrics below may return 0 for Windows 95 or NT 4.0, but
5129 we don't care. */
5130 geometry = list4i (GetSystemMetrics (SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN),
5131 GetSystemMetrics (SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN),
5132 pixel_width, pixel_height);
5133 if (SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETWORKAREA, 0, &workarea_rect, 0))
5134 workarea = list4i (workarea_rect.left, workarea_rect.top,
5135 workarea_rect.right - workarea_rect.left,
5136 workarea_rect.bottom - workarea_rect.top);
5137 else
5138 workarea = geometry;
5139 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea, workarea), attributes);
5141 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry, geometry), attributes);
5143 return list1 (attributes);
5146 DEFUN ("w32-display-monitor-attributes-list", Fw32_display_monitor_attributes_list,
5147 Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list,
5148 0, 1, 0,
5149 doc: /* Return a list of physical monitor attributes on the W32 display DISPLAY.
5151 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5152 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5153 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
5155 Internal use only, use `display-monitor-attributes-list' instead. */)
5156 (Lisp_Object display)
5158 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
5159 Lisp_Object attributes_list;
5161 block_input ();
5162 attributes_list = w32_display_monitor_attributes_list ();
5163 if (NILP (attributes_list))
5164 attributes_list = w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (dpyinfo);
5165 unblock_input ();
5167 return attributes_list;
5170 DEFUN ("set-message-beep", Fset_message_beep, Sset_message_beep, 1, 1, 0,
5171 doc: /* Set the sound generated when the bell is rung.
5172 SOUND is 'asterisk, 'exclamation, 'hand, 'question, 'ok, or 'silent
5173 to use the corresponding system sound for the bell. The 'silent sound
5174 prevents Emacs from making any sound at all.
5175 SOUND is nil to use the normal beep. */)
5176 (Lisp_Object sound)
5178 CHECK_SYMBOL (sound);
5180 if (NILP (sound))
5181 sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
5182 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("asterisk")))
5183 sound_type = MB_ICONASTERISK;
5184 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("exclamation")))
5185 sound_type = MB_ICONEXCLAMATION;
5186 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("hand")))
5187 sound_type = MB_ICONHAND;
5188 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("question")))
5189 sound_type = MB_ICONQUESTION;
5190 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("ok")))
5191 sound_type = MB_OK;
5192 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("silent")))
5193 sound_type = MB_EMACS_SILENT;
5194 else
5195 sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
5197 return sound;
5201 x_screen_planes (register struct frame *f)
5203 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_planes;
5206 /* Return the display structure for the display named NAME.
5207 Open a new connection if necessary. */
5209 struct w32_display_info *
5210 x_display_info_for_name (Lisp_Object name)
5212 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5214 CHECK_STRING (name);
5216 for (dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next)
5217 if (!NILP (Fstring_equal (XCAR (dpyinfo->name_list_element), name)))
5218 return dpyinfo;
5220 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
5221 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5223 validate_x_resource_name ();
5225 dpyinfo = w32_term_init (name, (unsigned char *)0,
5226 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
5228 if (dpyinfo == 0)
5229 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (name));
5231 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version, w32_major_version);
5233 return dpyinfo;
5236 DEFUN ("x-open-connection", Fx_open_connection, Sx_open_connection,
5237 1, 3, 0, doc: /* Open a connection to a display server.
5238 DISPLAY is the name of the display to connect to.
5239 Optional second arg XRM-STRING is a string of resources in xrdb format.
5240 If the optional third arg MUST-SUCCEED is non-nil,
5241 terminate Emacs if we can't open the connection.
5242 \(In the Nextstep version, the last two arguments are currently ignored.) */)
5243 (Lisp_Object display, Lisp_Object xrm_string, Lisp_Object must_succeed)
5245 unsigned char *xrm_option;
5246 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5248 CHECK_STRING (display);
5250 /* Signal an error in order to encourage correct use from callers.
5251 * If we ever support multiple window systems in the same Emacs,
5252 * we'll need callers to be precise about what window system they
5253 * want. */
5255 if (strcmp (SSDATA (display), "w32") != 0)
5256 error ("The name of the display in this Emacs must be \"w32\"");
5258 /* If initialization has already been done, return now to avoid
5259 overwriting critical parts of one_w32_display_info. */
5260 if (window_system_available (NULL))
5261 return Qnil;
5263 if (! NILP (xrm_string))
5264 CHECK_STRING (xrm_string);
5266 /* Allow color mapping to be defined externally; first look in user's
5267 HOME directory, then in Emacs etc dir for a file called rgb.txt. */
5269 Lisp_Object color_file;
5270 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5272 color_file = build_string ("~/rgb.txt");
5274 GCPRO1 (color_file);
5276 if (NILP (Ffile_readable_p (color_file)))
5277 color_file =
5278 Fexpand_file_name (build_string ("rgb.txt"),
5279 Fsymbol_value (intern ("data-directory")));
5281 Vw32_color_map = Fx_load_color_file (color_file);
5283 UNGCPRO;
5285 if (NILP (Vw32_color_map))
5286 Vw32_color_map = w32_default_color_map ();
5288 /* Merge in system logical colors. */
5289 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (&Vw32_color_map);
5291 if (! NILP (xrm_string))
5292 xrm_option = SDATA (xrm_string);
5293 else
5294 xrm_option = (unsigned char *) 0;
5296 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
5297 /* First remove .exe suffix from invocation-name - it looks ugly. */
5299 char basename[ MAX_PATH ], *str;
5301 strcpy (basename, SDATA (Vinvocation_name));
5302 str = strrchr (basename, '.');
5303 if (str) *str = 0;
5304 Vinvocation_name = build_string (basename);
5306 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5308 validate_x_resource_name ();
5310 /* This is what opens the connection and sets x_current_display.
5311 This also initializes many symbols, such as those used for input. */
5312 dpyinfo = w32_term_init (display, xrm_option,
5313 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
5315 if (dpyinfo == 0)
5317 if (!NILP (must_succeed))
5318 fatal ("Cannot connect to server %s.\n",
5319 SDATA (display));
5320 else
5321 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (display));
5324 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version, w32_major_version);
5325 return Qnil;
5328 DEFUN ("x-close-connection", Fx_close_connection,
5329 Sx_close_connection, 1, 1, 0,
5330 doc: /* Close the connection to DISPLAY's server.
5331 For DISPLAY, specify either a frame or a display name (a string).
5332 If DISPLAY is nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5333 (Lisp_Object display)
5335 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
5337 if (dpyinfo->reference_count > 0)
5338 error ("Display still has frames on it");
5340 block_input ();
5341 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo);
5343 x_delete_display (dpyinfo);
5344 unblock_input ();
5346 return Qnil;
5349 DEFUN ("x-display-list", Fx_display_list, Sx_display_list, 0, 0, 0,
5350 doc: /* Return the list of display names that Emacs has connections to. */)
5351 (void)
5353 Lisp_Object result = Qnil;
5354 struct w32_display_info *wdi;
5356 for (wdi = x_display_list; wdi; wdi = wdi->next)
5357 result = Fcons (XCAR (wdi->name_list_element), result);
5359 return result;
5362 DEFUN ("x-synchronize", Fx_synchronize, Sx_synchronize, 1, 2, 0,
5363 doc: /* If ON is non-nil, report X errors as soon as the erring request is made.
5364 This function only has an effect on X Windows. With MS Windows, it is
5365 defined but does nothing.
5367 If ON is nil, allow buffering of requests.
5368 Turning on synchronization prohibits the Xlib routines from buffering
5369 requests and seriously degrades performance, but makes debugging much
5370 easier.
5371 The optional second argument TERMINAL specifies which display to act on.
5372 TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
5373 If TERMINAL is omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5374 (Lisp_Object on, Lisp_Object display)
5376 return Qnil;
5381 /***********************************************************************
5382 Window properties
5383 ***********************************************************************/
5385 #if 0 /* TODO : port window properties to W32 */
5387 DEFUN ("x-change-window-property", Fx_change_window_property,
5388 Sx_change_window_property, 2, 6, 0,
5389 doc: /* Change window property PROP to VALUE on the X window of FRAME.
5390 PROP must be a string. VALUE may be a string or a list of conses,
5391 numbers and/or strings. If an element in the list is a string, it is
5392 converted to an atom and the value of the Atom is used. If an element
5393 is a cons, it is converted to a 32 bit number where the car is the 16
5394 top bits and the cdr is the lower 16 bits.
5396 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
5397 If TYPE is given and non-nil, it is the name of the type of VALUE.
5398 If TYPE is not given or nil, the type is STRING.
5399 FORMAT gives the size in bits of each element if VALUE is a list.
5400 It must be one of 8, 16 or 32.
5401 If VALUE is a string or FORMAT is nil or not given, FORMAT defaults to 8.
5402 If OUTER-P is non-nil, the property is changed for the outer X window of
5403 FRAME. Default is to change on the edit X window. */)
5404 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object frame,
5405 Lisp_Object type, Lisp_Object format, Lisp_Object outer_p)
5407 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5408 Atom prop_atom;
5410 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5411 CHECK_STRING (value);
5413 block_input ();
5414 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5415 XChangeProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5416 prop_atom, XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
5417 SDATA (value), SCHARS (value));
5419 /* Make sure the property is set when we return. */
5420 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
5421 unblock_input ();
5423 return value;
5427 DEFUN ("x-delete-window-property", Fx_delete_window_property,
5428 Sx_delete_window_property, 1, 2, 0,
5429 doc: /* Remove window property PROP from X window of FRAME.
5430 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. Value is PROP. */)
5431 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object frame)
5433 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5434 Atom prop_atom;
5436 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5437 block_input ();
5438 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5439 XDeleteProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), prop_atom);
5441 /* Make sure the property is removed when we return. */
5442 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
5443 unblock_input ();
5445 return prop;
5449 DEFUN ("x-window-property", Fx_window_property, Sx_window_property,
5450 1, 6, 0,
5451 doc: /* Value is the value of window property PROP on FRAME.
5452 If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.
5454 On X Windows, the following optional arguments are also accepted:
5455 If TYPE is nil or omitted, get the property as a string.
5456 Otherwise TYPE is the name of the atom that denotes the type expected.
5457 If SOURCE is non-nil, get the property on that window instead of from
5458 FRAME. The number 0 denotes the root window.
5459 If DELETE-P is non-nil, delete the property after retrieving it.
5460 If VECTOR-RET-P is non-nil, don't return a string but a vector of values.
5462 On MS Windows, this function accepts but ignores those optional arguments.
5464 Value is nil if FRAME hasn't a property with name PROP or if PROP has
5465 no value of TYPE (always string in the MS Windows case). */)
5466 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object type,
5467 Lisp_Object source, Lisp_Object delete_p, Lisp_Object vector_ret_p)
5469 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5470 Atom prop_atom;
5471 int rc;
5472 Lisp_Object prop_value = Qnil;
5473 char *tmp_data = NULL;
5474 Atom actual_type;
5475 int actual_format;
5476 unsigned long actual_size, bytes_remaining;
5478 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5479 block_input ();
5480 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5481 rc = XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5482 prop_atom, 0, 0, False, XA_STRING,
5483 &actual_type, &actual_format, &actual_size,
5484 &bytes_remaining, (unsigned char **) &tmp_data);
5485 if (rc == Success)
5487 int size = bytes_remaining;
5489 XFree (tmp_data);
5490 tmp_data = NULL;
5492 rc = XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5493 prop_atom, 0, bytes_remaining,
5494 False, XA_STRING,
5495 &actual_type, &actual_format,
5496 &actual_size, &bytes_remaining,
5497 (unsigned char **) &tmp_data);
5498 if (rc == Success)
5499 prop_value = make_string (tmp_data, size);
5501 XFree (tmp_data);
5504 unblock_input ();
5506 return prop_value;
5508 return Qnil;
5511 #endif /* TODO */
5514 /***********************************************************************
5515 Busy cursor
5516 ***********************************************************************/
5518 void
5519 w32_note_current_window (void)
5521 struct frame * f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5523 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f))
5524 return;
5526 hourglass_hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
5529 void
5530 show_hourglass (struct atimer *timer)
5532 struct frame *f;
5534 hourglass_atimer = NULL;
5536 block_input ();
5537 f = x_window_to_frame (&one_w32_display_info,
5538 hourglass_hwnd);
5540 if (f)
5541 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 0;
5542 else
5543 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5545 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f))
5547 unblock_input ();
5548 return;
5551 w32_show_hourglass (f);
5552 unblock_input ();
5555 void
5556 hide_hourglass (void)
5558 block_input ();
5559 w32_hide_hourglass ();
5560 unblock_input ();
5564 /* Display an hourglass cursor. Set the hourglass_p flag in display info
5565 to indicate that an hourglass cursor is shown. */
5567 static void
5568 w32_show_hourglass (struct frame *f)
5570 if (!hourglass_shown_p)
5572 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 1;
5573 if (!menubar_in_use && !current_popup_menu)
5574 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
5575 hourglass_shown_p = 1;
5580 /* Hide the hourglass cursor on all frames, if it is currently shown. */
5582 static void
5583 w32_hide_hourglass (void)
5585 if (hourglass_shown_p)
5587 struct frame *f = x_window_to_frame (&one_w32_display_info,
5588 hourglass_hwnd);
5589 if (f)
5590 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 0;
5591 else
5592 /* If frame was deleted, restore to selected frame's cursor. */
5593 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5595 if (FRAME_W32_P (f))
5596 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->current_cursor);
5597 else
5598 /* No cursors on non GUI frames - restore to stock arrow cursor. */
5599 SetCursor (w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW));
5601 hourglass_shown_p = 0;
5607 /***********************************************************************
5608 Tool tips
5609 ***********************************************************************/
5611 static Lisp_Object x_create_tip_frame (struct w32_display_info *,
5612 Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
5613 static void compute_tip_xy (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
5614 Lisp_Object, int, int, int *, int *);
5616 /* The frame of a currently visible tooltip. */
5618 Lisp_Object tip_frame;
5620 /* If non-nil, a timer started that hides the last tooltip when it
5621 fires. */
5623 Lisp_Object tip_timer;
5624 Window tip_window;
5626 /* If non-nil, a vector of 3 elements containing the last args
5627 with which x-show-tip was called. See there. */
5629 Lisp_Object last_show_tip_args;
5632 static void
5633 unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
5635 Lisp_Object deleted;
5637 deleted = unwind_create_frame (frame);
5638 if (EQ (deleted, Qt))
5640 tip_window = NULL;
5641 tip_frame = Qnil;
5646 /* Create a frame for a tooltip on the display described by DPYINFO.
5647 PARMS is a list of frame parameters. TEXT is the string to
5648 display in the tip frame. Value is the frame.
5650 Note that functions called here, esp. x_default_parameter can
5651 signal errors, for instance when a specified color name is
5652 undefined. We have to make sure that we're in a consistent state
5653 when this happens. */
5655 static Lisp_Object
5656 x_create_tip_frame (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo,
5657 Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object text)
5659 struct frame *f;
5660 Lisp_Object frame;
5661 Lisp_Object name;
5662 long window_prompting = 0;
5663 int width, height;
5664 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
5665 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
5666 struct kboard *kb;
5667 int face_change_count_before = face_change_count;
5668 Lisp_Object buffer;
5669 struct buffer *old_buffer;
5671 /* Use this general default value to start with until we know if
5672 this frame has a specified name. */
5673 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5675 kb = dpyinfo->terminal->kboard;
5677 /* The calls to x_get_arg remove elements from PARMS, so copy it to
5678 avoid destructive changes behind our caller's back. */
5679 parms = Fcopy_alist (parms);
5681 /* Get the name of the frame to use for resource lookup. */
5682 name = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qname, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5683 if (!STRINGP (name)
5684 && !EQ (name, Qunbound)
5685 && !NILP (name))
5686 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
5687 Vx_resource_name = name;
5689 frame = Qnil;
5690 GCPRO3 (parms, name, frame);
5691 /* Make a frame without minibuffer nor mode-line. */
5692 f = make_frame (0);
5693 f->wants_modeline = 0;
5694 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
5696 buffer = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (" *tip*"));
5697 /* Use set_window_buffer instead of Fset_window_buffer (see
5698 discussion of bug#11984, bug#12025, bug#12026). */
5699 set_window_buffer (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), buffer, 0, 0);
5700 old_buffer = current_buffer;
5701 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5702 bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer, Qnil);
5703 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
5704 specbind (Qinhibit_modification_hooks, Qt);
5705 Ferase_buffer ();
5706 Finsert (1, &text);
5707 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
5709 record_unwind_protect (unwind_create_tip_frame, frame);
5711 /* By setting the output method, we're essentially saying that
5712 the frame is live, as per FRAME_LIVE_P. If we get a signal
5713 from this point on, x_destroy_window might screw up reference
5714 counts etc. */
5715 f->terminal = dpyinfo->terminal;
5716 f->output_method = output_w32;
5717 f->output_data.w32 = xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output));
5719 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
5720 fset_icon_name (f, Qnil);
5722 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
5723 image_cache_refcount =
5724 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount : 0;
5725 dpyinfo_refcount = dpyinfo->reference_count;
5726 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
5727 FRAME_KBOARD (f) = kb;
5728 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
5729 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 0;
5731 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
5732 be set. */
5733 if (EQ (name, Qunbound) || NILP (name))
5735 fset_name (f, build_string (dpyinfo->w32_id_name));
5736 f->explicit_name = 0;
5738 else
5740 fset_name (f, name);
5741 f->explicit_name = 1;
5742 /* use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
5743 specbind (Qx_resource_name, name);
5746 if (uniscribe_available)
5747 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver, f);
5748 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver, f);
5750 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qfont_backend, Qnil,
5751 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5753 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
5754 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
5755 x_default_font_parameter (f, parms);
5757 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qborder_width, make_number (2),
5758 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5759 /* This defaults to 2 in order to match xterm. We recognize either
5760 internalBorderWidth or internalBorder (which is what xterm calls
5761 it). */
5762 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parms)))
5764 Lisp_Object value;
5766 value = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qinternal_border_width,
5767 "internalBorder", "internalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5768 if (! EQ (value, Qunbound))
5769 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, value),
5770 parms);
5772 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qinternal_border_width, make_number (1),
5773 "internalBorderWidth", "internalBorderWidth",
5774 RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5775 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qright_divider_width, make_number (0),
5776 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5777 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qbottom_divider_width, make_number (0),
5778 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5780 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
5781 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qforeground_color, build_string ("black"),
5782 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5783 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qbackground_color, build_string ("white"),
5784 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5785 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qmouse_color, build_string ("black"),
5786 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5787 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qcursor_color, build_string ("black"),
5788 "cursorColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5789 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qborder_color, build_string ("black"),
5790 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5792 /* Init faces before x_default_parameter is called for scroll-bar
5793 parameters because that function calls x_set_scroll_bar_width,
5794 which calls change_frame_size, which calls Fset_window_buffer,
5795 which runs hooks, which call Fvertical_motion. At the end, we
5796 end up in init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not
5797 happen. */
5798 init_frame_faces (f);
5800 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle = WS_BORDER | WS_POPUP | WS_DISABLED;
5801 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
5803 window_prompting = x_figure_window_size (f, parms, 0);
5805 /* No fringes on tip frame. */
5806 f->fringe_cols = 0;
5807 f->left_fringe_width = 0;
5808 f->right_fringe_width = 0;
5810 block_input ();
5811 my_create_tip_window (f);
5812 unblock_input ();
5814 x_make_gc (f);
5816 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qauto_raise, Qnil,
5817 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
5818 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qauto_lower, Qnil,
5819 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
5820 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qcursor_type, Qbox,
5821 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
5823 /* Dimensions, especially FRAME_LINES (f), must be done via
5824 change_frame_size. Change will not be effected unless different
5825 from the current FRAME_LINES (f). */
5826 width = FRAME_COLS (f);
5827 height = FRAME_LINES (f);
5828 FRAME_LINES (f) = 0;
5829 SET_FRAME_COLS (f, 0);
5830 change_frame_size (f, width, height, 1, 0, 0, 0);
5832 /* Add `tooltip' frame parameter's default value. */
5833 if (NILP (Fframe_parameter (frame, Qtooltip)))
5834 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, Fcons (Fcons (Qtooltip, Qt), Qnil));
5836 /* Set up faces after all frame parameters are known. This call
5837 also merges in face attributes specified for new frames.
5839 Frame parameters may be changed if .Xdefaults contains
5840 specifications for the default font. For example, if there is an
5841 `Emacs.default.attributeBackground: pink', the `background-color'
5842 attribute of the frame get's set, which let's the internal border
5843 of the tooltip frame appear in pink. Prevent this. */
5845 Lisp_Object bg = Fframe_parameter (frame, Qbackground_color);
5846 Lisp_Object fg = Fframe_parameter (frame, Qforeground_color);
5847 Lisp_Object colors = Qnil;
5849 /* Set tip_frame here, so that */
5850 tip_frame = frame;
5851 call2 (Qface_set_after_frame_default, frame, Qnil);
5853 if (!EQ (bg, Fframe_parameter (frame, Qbackground_color)))
5854 colors = Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color, bg), colors);
5855 if (!EQ (fg, Fframe_parameter (frame, Qforeground_color)))
5856 colors = Fcons (Fcons (Qforeground_color, fg), colors);
5858 if (!NILP (colors))
5859 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, colors);
5862 f->no_split = 1;
5864 UNGCPRO;
5866 /* Now that the frame is official, it counts as a reference to
5867 its display. */
5868 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->reference_count++;
5869 f->terminal->reference_count++;
5871 /* It is now ok to make the frame official even if we get an error
5872 below. And the frame needs to be on Vframe_list or making it
5873 visible won't work. */
5874 Vframe_list = Fcons (frame, Vframe_list);
5876 /* Setting attributes of faces of the tooltip frame from resources
5877 and similar will increment face_change_count, which leads to the
5878 clearing of all current matrices. Since this isn't necessary
5879 here, avoid it by resetting face_change_count to the value it
5880 had before we created the tip frame. */
5881 face_change_count = face_change_count_before;
5883 /* Discard the unwind_protect. */
5884 return unbind_to (count, frame);
5888 /* Compute where to display tip frame F. PARMS is the list of frame
5889 parameters for F. DX and DY are specified offsets from the current
5890 location of the mouse. WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height
5891 of the tooltip. Return coordinates relative to the root window of
5892 the display in *ROOT_X, and *ROOT_Y. */
5894 static void
5895 compute_tip_xy (struct frame *f,
5896 Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object dx, Lisp_Object dy,
5897 int width, int height, int *root_x, int *root_y)
5899 Lisp_Object left, top;
5900 int min_x, min_y, max_x, max_y;
5902 /* User-specified position? */
5903 left = Fcdr (Fassq (Qleft, parms));
5904 top = Fcdr (Fassq (Qtop, parms));
5906 /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and
5907 show it. */
5908 if (!INTEGERP (left) || !INTEGERP (top))
5910 POINT pt;
5912 /* Default min and max values. */
5913 min_x = 0;
5914 min_y = 0;
5915 max_x = x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
5916 max_y = x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
5918 block_input ();
5919 GetCursorPos (&pt);
5920 *root_x = pt.x;
5921 *root_y = pt.y;
5922 unblock_input ();
5924 /* If multiple monitor support is available, constrain the tip onto
5925 the current monitor. This improves the above by allowing negative
5926 co-ordinates if monitor positions are such that they are valid, and
5927 snaps a tooltip onto a single monitor if we are close to the edge
5928 where it would otherwise flow onto the other monitor (or into
5929 nothingness if there is a gap in the overlap). */
5930 if (monitor_from_point_fn && get_monitor_info_fn)
5932 struct MONITOR_INFO info;
5933 HMONITOR monitor
5934 = monitor_from_point_fn (pt, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
5935 info.cbSize = sizeof (info);
5937 if (get_monitor_info_fn (monitor, &info))
5939 min_x = info.rcWork.left;
5940 min_y = info.rcWork.top;
5941 max_x = info.rcWork.right;
5942 max_y = info.rcWork.bottom;
5947 if (INTEGERP (top))
5948 *root_y = XINT (top);
5949 else if (*root_y + XINT (dy) <= min_y)
5950 *root_y = min_y; /* Can happen for negative dy */
5951 else if (*root_y + XINT (dy) + height <= max_y)
5952 /* It fits below the pointer */
5953 *root_y += XINT (dy);
5954 else if (height + XINT (dy) + min_y <= *root_y)
5955 /* It fits above the pointer. */
5956 *root_y -= height + XINT (dy);
5957 else
5958 /* Put it on the top. */
5959 *root_y = min_y;
5961 if (INTEGERP (left))
5962 *root_x = XINT (left);
5963 else if (*root_x + XINT (dx) <= min_x)
5964 *root_x = 0; /* Can happen for negative dx */
5965 else if (*root_x + XINT (dx) + width <= max_x)
5966 /* It fits to the right of the pointer. */
5967 *root_x += XINT (dx);
5968 else if (width + XINT (dx) + min_x <= *root_x)
5969 /* It fits to the left of the pointer. */
5970 *root_x -= width + XINT (dx);
5971 else
5972 /* Put it left justified on the screen -- it ought to fit that way. */
5973 *root_x = min_x;
5977 DEFUN ("x-show-tip", Fx_show_tip, Sx_show_tip, 1, 6, 0,
5978 doc: /* Show STRING in a \"tooltip\" window on frame FRAME.
5979 A tooltip window is a small window displaying a string.
5981 This is an internal function; Lisp code should call `tooltip-show'.
5983 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
5985 PARMS is an optional list of frame parameters which can be
5986 used to change the tooltip's appearance.
5988 Automatically hide the tooltip after TIMEOUT seconds. TIMEOUT nil
5989 means use the default timeout of 5 seconds.
5991 If the list of frame parameters PARMS contains a `left' parameter,
5992 the tooltip is displayed at that x-position. Otherwise it is
5993 displayed at the mouse position, with offset DX added (default is 5 if
5994 DX isn't specified). Likewise for the y-position; if a `top' frame
5995 parameter is specified, it determines the y-position of the tooltip
5996 window, otherwise it is displayed at the mouse position, with offset
5997 DY added (default is -10).
5999 A tooltip's maximum size is specified by `x-max-tooltip-size'.
6000 Text larger than the specified size is clipped. */)
6001 (Lisp_Object string, Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object timeout, Lisp_Object dx, Lisp_Object dy)
6003 struct frame *f;
6004 struct window *w;
6005 int root_x, root_y;
6006 struct buffer *old_buffer;
6007 struct text_pos pos;
6008 int i, width, height, seen_reversed_p;
6009 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
6010 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
6011 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6013 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
6015 GCPRO4 (string, parms, frame, timeout);
6017 CHECK_STRING (string);
6018 f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
6019 if (NILP (timeout))
6020 timeout = make_number (5);
6021 else
6022 CHECK_NATNUM (timeout);
6024 if (NILP (dx))
6025 dx = make_number (5);
6026 else
6027 CHECK_NUMBER (dx);
6029 if (NILP (dy))
6030 dy = make_number (-10);
6031 else
6032 CHECK_NUMBER (dy);
6034 if (NILP (last_show_tip_args))
6035 last_show_tip_args = Fmake_vector (make_number (3), Qnil);
6037 if (!NILP (tip_frame))
6039 Lisp_Object last_string = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 0);
6040 Lisp_Object last_frame = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 1);
6041 Lisp_Object last_parms = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 2);
6043 if (EQ (frame, last_frame)
6044 && !NILP (Fequal (last_string, string))
6045 && !NILP (Fequal (last_parms, parms)))
6047 struct frame *f = XFRAME (tip_frame);
6049 /* Only DX and DY have changed. */
6050 if (!NILP (tip_timer))
6052 Lisp_Object timer = tip_timer;
6053 tip_timer = Qnil;
6054 call1 (Qcancel_timer, timer);
6057 block_input ();
6058 compute_tip_xy (f, parms, dx, dy, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f),
6059 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), &root_x, &root_y);
6061 /* Put tooltip in topmost group and in position. */
6062 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOPMOST,
6063 root_x, root_y, 0, 0,
6064 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER);
6066 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
6067 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOP,
6068 0, 0, 0, 0,
6069 SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE
6070 | SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER);
6072 unblock_input ();
6073 goto start_timer;
6077 /* Hide a previous tip, if any. */
6078 Fx_hide_tip ();
6080 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 0, string);
6081 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 1, frame);
6082 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 2, parms);
6084 /* Add default values to frame parameters. */
6085 if (NILP (Fassq (Qname, parms)))
6086 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, build_string ("tooltip")), parms);
6087 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parms)))
6088 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, make_number (3)), parms);
6089 if (NILP (Fassq (Qright_divider_width, parms)))
6090 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qright_divider_width, make_number (0)), parms);
6091 if (NILP (Fassq (Qbottom_divider_width, parms)))
6092 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qbottom_divider_width, make_number (0)), parms);
6093 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_width, parms)))
6094 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_width, make_number (1)), parms);
6095 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_color, parms)))
6096 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_color, build_string ("lightyellow")), parms);
6097 if (NILP (Fassq (Qbackground_color, parms)))
6098 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color, build_string ("lightyellow")),
6099 parms);
6101 /* Block input until the tip has been fully drawn, to avoid crashes
6102 when drawing tips in menus. */
6103 block_input ();
6105 /* Create a frame for the tooltip, and record it in the global
6106 variable tip_frame. */
6107 frame = x_create_tip_frame (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f), parms, string);
6108 f = XFRAME (frame);
6110 /* Set up the frame's root window. */
6111 w = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6112 w->left_col = 0;
6113 w->top_line = 0;
6114 w->pixel_left = 0;
6115 w->pixel_top = 0;
6117 if (CONSP (Vx_max_tooltip_size)
6118 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size))
6119 && XINT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size)) > 0
6120 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size))
6121 && XINT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size)) > 0)
6123 w->total_cols = XFASTINT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size));
6124 w->total_lines = XFASTINT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size));
6126 else
6128 w->total_cols = 80;
6129 w->total_lines = 40;
6132 w->pixel_width = w->total_cols * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
6133 w->pixel_height = w->total_lines * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
6135 FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) = WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w);
6136 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
6137 w->pseudo_window_p = 1;
6139 /* Display the tooltip text in a temporary buffer. */
6140 old_buffer = current_buffer;
6141 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->contents));
6142 bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer, Qnil);
6143 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6144 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix);
6145 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6146 try_window (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), pos, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE);
6148 /* Compute width and height of the tooltip. */
6149 width = height = seen_reversed_p = 0;
6150 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6152 struct glyph_row *row = &w->desired_matrix->rows[i];
6153 struct glyph *last;
6154 int row_width;
6156 /* Stop at the first empty row at the end. */
6157 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
6158 break;
6160 /* Let the row go over the full width of the frame. */
6161 row->full_width_p = 1;
6163 row_width = row->pixel_width;
6164 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
6166 if (!row->reversed_p)
6168 /* There's a glyph at the end of rows that is used to
6169 place the cursor there. Don't include the width of
6170 this glyph. */
6171 last = &row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1];
6172 if (INTEGERP (last->object))
6173 row_width -= last->pixel_width;
6175 else
6177 /* There could be a stretch glyph at the beginning of R2L
6178 rows that is produced by extend_face_to_end_of_line.
6179 Don't count that glyph. */
6180 struct glyph *g = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
6182 if (g->type == STRETCH_GLYPH && INTEGERP (g->object))
6184 row_width -= g->pixel_width;
6185 seen_reversed_p = 1;
6190 height += row->height;
6191 width = max (width, row_width);
6194 /* If we've seen partial-length R2L rows, we need to re-adjust the
6195 tool-tip frame width and redisplay it again, to avoid over-wide
6196 tips due to the stretch glyph that extends R2L lines to full
6197 width of the frame. */
6198 if (seen_reversed_p)
6200 /* PXW: Why do we do the pixel-to-cols conversion only if
6201 seen_reversed_p holds? Don't we have to set other fields of
6202 the window/frame structure?
6204 w->total_cols and FRAME_TOTAL_COLS want the width in columns,
6205 not in pixels. */
6206 w->pixel_width = width;
6207 width /= WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w);
6208 w->total_cols = width;
6209 FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) = width;
6210 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, width);
6211 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
6212 w->pseudo_window_p = 1;
6213 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6214 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix);
6215 try_window (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), pos, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE);
6216 width = height = 0;
6217 /* Recompute width and height of the tooltip. */
6218 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6220 struct glyph_row *row = &w->desired_matrix->rows[i];
6221 struct glyph *last;
6222 int row_width;
6224 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
6225 break;
6226 row->full_width_p = 1;
6227 row_width = row->pixel_width;
6228 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] && !row->reversed_p)
6230 last = &row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1];
6231 if (INTEGERP (last->object))
6232 row_width -= last->pixel_width;
6235 height += row->height;
6236 width = max (width, row_width);
6240 /* Add the frame's internal border to the width and height the w32
6241 window should have. */
6242 height += 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
6243 width += 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
6245 /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and
6246 show it.
6248 PXW: This should use the frame's pixel coordinates. */
6249 compute_tip_xy (f, parms, dx, dy, width, height, &root_x, &root_y);
6252 /* Adjust Window size to take border into account. */
6253 RECT rect;
6254 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
6255 rect.right = width;
6256 rect.bottom = height;
6257 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
6258 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
6260 /* Position and size tooltip, and put it in the topmost group.
6261 The add-on of FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH to the 5th argument is a
6262 peculiarity of w32 display: without it, some fonts cause the
6263 last character of the tip to be truncated or wrapped around to
6264 the next line. */
6265 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOPMOST,
6266 root_x, root_y,
6267 rect.right - rect.left + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f),
6268 rect.bottom - rect.top, SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER);
6270 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
6271 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOP,
6272 0, 0, 0, 0,
6273 SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE
6274 | SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER);
6276 /* Let redisplay know that we have made the frame visible already. */
6277 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f, 1);
6279 ShowWindow (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE);
6282 /* Draw into the window. */
6283 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6284 update_single_window (w, 1);
6286 unblock_input ();
6288 /* Restore original current buffer. */
6289 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
6290 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
6292 start_timer:
6293 /* Let the tip disappear after timeout seconds. */
6294 tip_timer = call3 (intern ("run-at-time"), timeout, Qnil,
6295 intern ("x-hide-tip"));
6297 UNGCPRO;
6298 return unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6302 DEFUN ("x-hide-tip", Fx_hide_tip, Sx_hide_tip, 0, 0, 0,
6303 doc: /* Hide the current tooltip window, if there is any.
6304 Value is t if tooltip was open, nil otherwise. */)
6305 (void)
6307 ptrdiff_t count;
6308 Lisp_Object deleted, frame, timer;
6309 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6311 /* Return quickly if nothing to do. */
6312 if (NILP (tip_timer) && NILP (tip_frame))
6313 return Qnil;
6315 frame = tip_frame;
6316 timer = tip_timer;
6317 GCPRO2 (frame, timer);
6318 tip_frame = tip_timer = deleted = Qnil;
6320 count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6321 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
6322 specbind (Qinhibit_quit, Qt);
6324 if (!NILP (timer))
6325 call1 (Qcancel_timer, timer);
6327 if (FRAMEP (frame))
6329 delete_frame (frame, Qnil);
6330 deleted = Qt;
6333 UNGCPRO;
6334 return unbind_to (count, deleted);
6337 /***********************************************************************
6338 File selection dialog
6339 ***********************************************************************/
6341 #define FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD edt1
6342 #define FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX cmb13
6343 #define FILE_NAME_LIST lst1
6345 /* Callback for altering the behavior of the Open File dialog.
6346 Makes the Filename text field contain "Current Directory" and be
6347 read-only when "Directories" is selected in the filter. This
6348 allows us to work around the fact that the standard Open File
6349 dialog does not support directories. */
6350 static UINT_PTR CALLBACK
6351 file_dialog_callback (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
6353 if (msg == WM_NOTIFY)
6355 OFNOTIFYW * notify_w = (OFNOTIFYW *)lParam;
6356 OFNOTIFYA * notify_a = (OFNOTIFYA *)lParam;
6357 int dropdown_changed;
6358 int dir_index;
6359 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6360 const int use_unicode = 1;
6361 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6362 int use_unicode = w32_unicode_filenames;
6363 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6365 /* Detect when the Filter dropdown is changed. */
6366 if (use_unicode)
6367 dropdown_changed =
6368 notify_w->hdr.code == CDN_TYPECHANGE
6369 || notify_w->hdr.code == CDN_INITDONE;
6370 else
6371 dropdown_changed =
6372 notify_a->hdr.code == CDN_TYPECHANGE
6373 || notify_a->hdr.code == CDN_INITDONE;
6374 if (dropdown_changed)
6376 HWND dialog = GetParent (hwnd);
6377 HWND edit_control = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD);
6378 HWND list = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_LIST);
6379 int hdr_code;
6381 /* At least on Windows 7, the above attempt to get the window handle
6382 to the File Name Text Field fails. The following code does the
6383 job though. Note that this code is based on my examination of the
6384 window hierarchy using Microsoft Spy++. bk */
6385 if (edit_control == NULL)
6387 HWND tmp = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX);
6388 if (tmp)
6390 tmp = GetWindow (tmp, GW_CHILD);
6391 if (tmp)
6392 edit_control = GetWindow (tmp, GW_CHILD);
6396 /* Directories is in index 2. */
6397 if (use_unicode)
6399 dir_index = notify_w->lpOFN->nFilterIndex;
6400 hdr_code = notify_w->hdr.code;
6402 else
6404 dir_index = notify_a->lpOFN->nFilterIndex;
6405 hdr_code = notify_a->hdr.code;
6407 if (dir_index == 2)
6409 if (use_unicode)
6410 SendMessageW (dialog, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD,
6411 (LPARAM)L"Current Directory");
6412 else
6413 SendMessageA (dialog, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD,
6414 (LPARAM)"Current Directory");
6415 EnableWindow (edit_control, FALSE);
6416 /* Note that at least on Windows 7, the above call to EnableWindow
6417 disables the window that would ordinarily have focus. If we
6418 do not set focus to some other window here, focus will land in
6419 no man's land and the user will be unable to tab through the
6420 dialog box (pressing tab will only result in a beep).
6421 Avoid that problem by setting focus to the list here. */
6422 if (hdr_code == CDN_INITDONE)
6423 SetFocus (list);
6425 else
6427 /* Don't override default filename on init done. */
6428 if (hdr_code == CDN_TYPECHANGE)
6430 if (use_unicode)
6431 SendMessageW (dialog, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT,
6432 FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD, (LPARAM)L"");
6433 else
6434 SendMessageA (dialog, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT,
6435 FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD, (LPARAM)"");
6437 EnableWindow (edit_control, TRUE);
6441 return 0;
6444 DEFUN ("x-file-dialog", Fx_file_dialog, Sx_file_dialog, 2, 5, 0,
6445 doc: /* Read file name, prompting with PROMPT in directory DIR.
6446 Use a file selection dialog. Select DEFAULT-FILENAME in the dialog's file
6447 selection box, if specified. If MUSTMATCH is non-nil, the returned file
6448 or directory must exist.
6450 This function is only defined on NS, MS Windows, and X Windows with the
6451 Motif or Gtk toolkits. With the Motif toolkit, ONLY-DIR-P is ignored.
6452 Otherwise, if ONLY-DIR-P is non-nil, the user can only select directories.
6453 On Windows 7 and later, the file selection dialog "remembers" the last
6454 directory where the user selected a file, and will open that directory
6455 instead of DIR on subsequent invocations of this function with the same
6456 value of DIR as in previous invocations; this is standard Windows behavior. */)
6457 (Lisp_Object prompt, Lisp_Object dir, Lisp_Object default_filename, Lisp_Object mustmatch, Lisp_Object only_dir_p)
6459 /* Filter index: 1: All Files, 2: Directories only */
6460 static const wchar_t filter_w[] = L"All Files (*.*)\0*.*\0Directories\0*|*\0";
6461 static const char filter_a[] = "All Files (*.*)\0*.*\0Directories\0*|*\0";
6463 Lisp_Object filename = default_filename;
6464 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6465 BOOL file_opened = FALSE;
6466 Lisp_Object orig_dir = dir;
6467 Lisp_Object orig_prompt = prompt;
6469 /* If we compile with _WIN32_WINNT set to 0x0400 (for NT4
6470 compatibility) we end up with the old file dialogs. Define a big
6471 enough struct for the new dialog to trick GetOpenFileName into
6472 giving us the new dialogs on newer versions of Windows. */
6473 struct {
6474 OPENFILENAMEW details;
6475 #if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x500 /* < win2k */
6476 PVOID pvReserved;
6477 DWORD dwReserved;
6478 DWORD FlagsEx;
6479 #endif /* < win2k */
6480 } new_file_details_w;
6482 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6483 wchar_t filename_buf_w[32*1024 + 1]; // NT kernel maximum
6484 OPENFILENAMEW * file_details_w = &new_file_details_w.details;
6485 const int use_unicode = 1;
6486 #else /* not NTGUI_UNICODE */
6487 struct {
6488 OPENFILENAMEA details;
6489 #if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x500 /* < win2k */
6490 PVOID pvReserved;
6491 DWORD dwReserved;
6492 DWORD FlagsEx;
6493 #endif /* < win2k */
6494 } new_file_details_a;
6495 wchar_t filename_buf_w[MAX_PATH + 1], dir_w[MAX_PATH];
6496 char filename_buf_a[MAX_PATH + 1], dir_a[MAX_PATH];
6497 OPENFILENAMEW * file_details_w = &new_file_details_w.details;
6498 OPENFILENAMEA * file_details_a = &new_file_details_a.details;
6499 int use_unicode = w32_unicode_filenames;
6500 wchar_t *prompt_w;
6501 char *prompt_a;
6502 int len;
6503 char fname_ret[MAX_UTF8_PATH];
6504 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6506 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4, gcpro5, gcpro6;
6507 GCPRO6 (prompt, dir, default_filename, mustmatch, only_dir_p, filename);
6510 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6511 GCPRO2 (orig_dir, orig_prompt); /* There is no GCPRON, N>6. */
6513 /* Note: under NTGUI_UNICODE, we do _NOT_ use ENCODE_FILE: the
6514 system file encoding expected by the platform APIs (e.g. Cygwin's
6515 POSIX implementation) may not be the same as the encoding expected
6516 by the Windows "ANSI" APIs! */
6518 CHECK_STRING (prompt);
6519 CHECK_STRING (dir);
6521 dir = Fexpand_file_name (dir, Qnil);
6523 if (STRINGP (filename))
6524 filename = Ffile_name_nondirectory (filename);
6525 else
6526 filename = empty_unibyte_string;
6528 #ifdef CYGWIN
6529 dir = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (dir, Qt);
6530 if (SCHARS (filename) > 0)
6531 filename = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (filename, Qnil);
6532 #endif
6534 CHECK_STRING (dir);
6535 CHECK_STRING (filename);
6537 /* The code in file_dialog_callback that attempts to set the text
6538 of the file name edit window when handling the CDN_INITDONE
6539 WM_NOTIFY message does not work. Setting filename to "Current
6540 Directory" in the only_dir_p case here does work however. */
6541 if (SCHARS (filename) == 0 && ! NILP (only_dir_p))
6542 filename = build_string ("Current Directory");
6544 /* Convert the values we've computed so far to system form. */
6545 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6546 to_unicode (prompt, &prompt);
6547 to_unicode (dir, &dir);
6548 to_unicode (filename, &filename);
6549 if (SBYTES (filename) + 1 > sizeof (filename_buf_w))
6550 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6552 memcpy (filename_buf_w, SDATA (filename), SBYTES (filename) + 1);
6553 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6554 prompt = ENCODE_FILE (prompt);
6555 dir = ENCODE_FILE (dir);
6556 filename = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
6558 /* We modify these in-place, so make copies for safety. */
6559 dir = Fcopy_sequence (dir);
6560 unixtodos_filename (SDATA (dir));
6561 filename = Fcopy_sequence (filename);
6562 unixtodos_filename (SDATA (filename));
6563 if (SBYTES (filename) >= MAX_UTF8_PATH)
6564 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6565 if (w32_unicode_filenames)
6567 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (dir), dir_w);
6568 if (filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (filename), filename_buf_w) != 0)
6570 /* filename_to_utf16 sets errno to ENOENT when the file
6571 name is too long or cannot be converted to UTF-16. */
6572 if (errno == ENOENT && filename_buf_w[MAX_PATH - 1] != 0)
6573 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6575 len = pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6576 SSDATA (prompt), -1, NULL, 0);
6577 if (len > 32768)
6578 len = 32768;
6579 prompt_w = alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
6580 pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6581 SSDATA (prompt), -1, prompt_w, len);
6583 else
6585 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (dir), dir_a);
6586 if (filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (filename), filename_buf_a) != '\0')
6588 /* filename_to_ansi sets errno to ENOENT when the file
6589 name is too long or cannot be converted to UTF-16. */
6590 if (errno == ENOENT && filename_buf_a[MAX_PATH - 1] != 0)
6591 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6593 len = pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6594 SSDATA (prompt), -1, NULL, 0);
6595 if (len > 32768)
6596 len = 32768;
6597 prompt_w = alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
6598 pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6599 SSDATA (prompt), -1, prompt_w, len);
6600 len = pWideCharToMultiByte (CP_ACP, 0, prompt_w, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
6601 if (len > 32768)
6602 len = 32768;
6603 prompt_a = alloca (len);
6604 pWideCharToMultiByte (CP_ACP, 0, prompt_w, -1, prompt_a, len, NULL, NULL);
6606 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6608 /* Fill in the structure for the call to GetOpenFileName below.
6609 For NTGUI_UNICODE builds (which run only on NT), we just use
6610 the actual size of the structure. For non-NTGUI_UNICODE
6611 builds, we tell the OS we're using an old version of the
6612 structure if the OS isn't new enough to support the newer
6613 version. */
6614 if (use_unicode)
6616 memset (&new_file_details_w, 0, sizeof (new_file_details_w));
6617 if (w32_major_version > 4 && w32_major_version < 95)
6618 file_details_w->lStructSize = sizeof (new_file_details_w);
6619 else
6620 file_details_w->lStructSize = sizeof (*file_details_w);
6621 /* Set up the inout parameter for the selected file name. */
6622 file_details_w->lpstrFile = filename_buf_w;
6623 file_details_w->nMaxFile =
6624 sizeof (filename_buf_w) / sizeof (*filename_buf_w);
6625 file_details_w->hwndOwner = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
6626 /* Undocumented Bug in Common File Dialog:
6627 If a filter is not specified, shell links are not resolved. */
6628 file_details_w->lpstrFilter = filter_w;
6629 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6630 file_details_w->lpstrInitialDir = (wchar_t*) SDATA (dir);
6631 file_details_w->lpstrTitle = (guichar_t*) SDATA (prompt);
6632 #else
6633 file_details_w->lpstrInitialDir = dir_w;
6634 file_details_w->lpstrTitle = prompt_w;
6635 #endif
6636 file_details_w->nFilterIndex = NILP (only_dir_p) ? 1 : 2;
6637 file_details_w->Flags = (OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
6638 | OFN_EXPLORER | OFN_ENABLEHOOK);
6639 if (!NILP (mustmatch))
6641 /* Require that the path to the parent directory exists. */
6642 file_details_w->Flags |= OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST;
6643 /* If we are looking for a file, require that it exists. */
6644 if (NILP (only_dir_p))
6645 file_details_w->Flags |= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST;
6648 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
6649 else
6651 memset (&new_file_details_a, 0, sizeof (new_file_details_a));
6652 if (w32_major_version > 4 && w32_major_version < 95)
6653 file_details_a->lStructSize = sizeof (new_file_details_a);
6654 else
6655 file_details_a->lStructSize = sizeof (*file_details_a);
6656 file_details_a->lpstrFile = filename_buf_a;
6657 file_details_a->nMaxFile =
6658 sizeof (filename_buf_a) / sizeof (*filename_buf_a);
6659 file_details_a->hwndOwner = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
6660 file_details_a->lpstrFilter = filter_a;
6661 file_details_a->lpstrInitialDir = dir_a;
6662 file_details_a->lpstrTitle = prompt_a;
6663 file_details_a->nFilterIndex = NILP (only_dir_p) ? 1 : 2;
6664 file_details_a->Flags = (OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
6665 | OFN_EXPLORER | OFN_ENABLEHOOK);
6666 if (!NILP (mustmatch))
6668 /* Require that the path to the parent directory exists. */
6669 file_details_a->Flags |= OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST;
6670 /* If we are looking for a file, require that it exists. */
6671 if (NILP (only_dir_p))
6672 file_details_a->Flags |= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST;
6675 #endif /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6678 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6679 /* Prevent redisplay. */
6680 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
6681 block_input ();
6682 if (use_unicode)
6684 file_details_w->lpfnHook = file_dialog_callback;
6686 file_opened = GetOpenFileNameW (file_details_w);
6688 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
6689 else
6691 file_details_a->lpfnHook = file_dialog_callback;
6693 file_opened = GetOpenFileNameA (file_details_a);
6695 #endif /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6696 unblock_input ();
6697 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6700 if (file_opened)
6702 /* Get an Emacs string from the value Windows gave us. */
6703 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6704 filename = from_unicode_buffer (filename_buf_w);
6705 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6706 if (use_unicode)
6707 filename_from_utf16 (filename_buf_w, fname_ret);
6708 else
6709 filename_from_ansi (filename_buf_a, fname_ret);
6710 dostounix_filename (fname_ret);
6711 filename = DECODE_FILE (build_unibyte_string (fname_ret));
6712 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6714 #ifdef CYGWIN
6715 filename = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_from_windows (filename, Qt);
6716 #endif /* CYGWIN */
6718 /* Strip the dummy filename off the end of the string if we
6719 added it to select a directory. */
6720 if ((use_unicode && file_details_w->nFilterIndex == 2)
6721 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
6722 || (!use_unicode && file_details_a->nFilterIndex == 2)
6723 #endif
6725 filename = Ffile_name_directory (filename);
6727 /* User canceled the dialog without making a selection. */
6728 else if (!CommDlgExtendedError ())
6729 filename = Qnil;
6730 /* An error occurred, fallback on reading from the mini-buffer. */
6731 else
6732 filename = Fcompleting_read (
6733 orig_prompt,
6734 intern ("read-file-name-internal"),
6735 orig_dir,
6736 mustmatch,
6737 orig_dir,
6738 Qfile_name_history,
6739 default_filename,
6740 Qnil);
6742 UNGCPRO;
6745 /* Make "Cancel" equivalent to C-g. */
6746 if (NILP (filename))
6747 Fsignal (Qquit, Qnil);
6749 RETURN_UNGCPRO (filename);
6753 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
6754 /* Moving files to the system recycle bin.
6755 Used by `move-file-to-trash' instead of the default moving to ~/.Trash */
6756 DEFUN ("system-move-file-to-trash", Fsystem_move_file_to_trash,
6757 Ssystem_move_file_to_trash, 1, 1, 0,
6758 doc: /* Move file or directory named FILENAME to the recycle bin. */)
6759 (Lisp_Object filename)
6761 Lisp_Object handler;
6762 Lisp_Object encoded_file;
6763 Lisp_Object operation;
6765 operation = Qdelete_file;
6766 if (!NILP (Ffile_directory_p (filename))
6767 && NILP (Ffile_symlink_p (filename)))
6769 operation = intern ("delete-directory");
6770 filename = Fdirectory_file_name (filename);
6773 /* Must have fully qualified file names for moving files to Recycle
6774 Bin. */
6775 filename = Fexpand_file_name (filename, Qnil);
6777 handler = Ffind_file_name_handler (filename, operation);
6778 if (!NILP (handler))
6779 return call2 (handler, operation, filename);
6780 else
6782 const char * path;
6783 int result;
6785 encoded_file = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
6787 path = map_w32_filename (SDATA (encoded_file), NULL);
6789 /* The Unicode version of SHFileOperation is not supported on
6790 Windows 9X. */
6791 if (w32_unicode_filenames && os_subtype != OS_9X)
6793 SHFILEOPSTRUCTW file_op_w;
6794 /* We need one more element beyond MAX_PATH because this is
6795 a list of file names, with the last element double-null
6796 terminated. */
6797 wchar_t tmp_path_w[MAX_PATH + 1];
6799 memset (tmp_path_w, 0, sizeof (tmp_path_w));
6800 filename_to_utf16 (path, tmp_path_w);
6802 /* On Windows, write permission is required to delete/move files. */
6803 _wchmod (tmp_path_w, 0666);
6805 memset (&file_op_w, 0, sizeof (file_op_w));
6806 file_op_w.hwnd = HWND_DESKTOP;
6807 file_op_w.wFunc = FO_DELETE;
6808 file_op_w.pFrom = tmp_path_w;
6809 file_op_w.fFlags = FOF_SILENT | FOF_NOCONFIRMATION | FOF_ALLOWUNDO
6810 | FOF_NOERRORUI | FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS;
6811 file_op_w.fAnyOperationsAborted = FALSE;
6813 result = SHFileOperationW (&file_op_w);
6815 else
6817 SHFILEOPSTRUCTA file_op_a;
6818 char tmp_path_a[MAX_PATH + 1];
6820 memset (tmp_path_a, 0, sizeof (tmp_path_a));
6821 filename_to_ansi (path, tmp_path_a);
6823 /* If a file cannot be represented in ANSI codepage, don't
6824 let them inadvertently delete other files because some
6825 characters are interpreted as a wildcards. */
6826 if (_mbspbrk (tmp_path_a, "?*"))
6827 result = ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
6828 else
6830 _chmod (tmp_path_a, 0666);
6832 memset (&file_op_a, 0, sizeof (file_op_a));
6833 file_op_a.hwnd = HWND_DESKTOP;
6834 file_op_a.wFunc = FO_DELETE;
6835 file_op_a.pFrom = tmp_path_a;
6836 file_op_a.fFlags = FOF_SILENT | FOF_NOCONFIRMATION | FOF_ALLOWUNDO
6837 | FOF_NOERRORUI | FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS;
6838 file_op_a.fAnyOperationsAborted = FALSE;
6840 result = SHFileOperationA (&file_op_a);
6843 if (result != 0)
6844 report_file_error ("Removing old name", list1 (filename));
6846 return Qnil;
6849 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
6852 /***********************************************************************
6853 w32 specialized functions
6854 ***********************************************************************/
6856 DEFUN ("w32-send-sys-command", Fw32_send_sys_command,
6857 Sw32_send_sys_command, 1, 2, 0,
6858 doc: /* Send frame a Windows WM_SYSCOMMAND message of type COMMAND.
6859 Some useful values for COMMAND are #xf030 to maximize frame (#xf020
6860 to minimize), #xf120 to restore frame to original size, and #xf100
6861 to activate the menubar for keyboard access. #xf140 activates the
6862 screen saver if defined.
6864 If optional parameter FRAME is not specified, use selected frame. */)
6865 (Lisp_Object command, Lisp_Object frame)
6867 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
6869 CHECK_NUMBER (command);
6871 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SYSCOMMAND, XINT (command), 0);
6873 return Qnil;
6876 DEFUN ("w32-shell-execute", Fw32_shell_execute, Sw32_shell_execute, 2, 4, 0,
6877 doc: /* Get Windows to perform OPERATION on DOCUMENT.
6878 This is a wrapper around the ShellExecute system function, which
6879 invokes the application registered to handle OPERATION for DOCUMENT.
6881 OPERATION is either nil or a string that names a supported operation.
6882 What operations can be used depends on the particular DOCUMENT and its
6883 handler application, but typically it is one of the following common
6884 operations:
6886 \"open\" - open DOCUMENT, which could be a file, a directory, or an
6887 executable program (application). If it is an application,
6888 that application is launched in the current buffer's default
6889 directory. Otherwise, the application associated with
6890 DOCUMENT is launched in the buffer's default directory.
6891 \"opennew\" - like \"open\", but instruct the application to open
6892 DOCUMENT in a new window.
6893 \"openas\" - open the \"Open With\" dialog for DOCUMENT.
6894 \"print\" - print DOCUMENT, which must be a file.
6895 \"printto\" - print DOCUMENT, which must be a file, to a specified printer.
6896 The printer should be provided in PARAMETERS, see below.
6897 \"explore\" - start the Windows Explorer on DOCUMENT.
6898 \"edit\" - launch an editor and open DOCUMENT for editing; which
6899 editor is launched depends on the association for the
6900 specified DOCUMENT.
6901 \"find\" - initiate search starting from DOCUMENT, which must specify
6902 a directory.
6903 \"runas\" - run DOCUMENT, which must be an excutable file, with
6904 elevated privileges (a.k.a. \"as Administrator\").
6905 \"properties\"
6906 - open the the property sheet dialog for DOCUMENT; works
6907 for *.lnk desktop shortcuts, and little or nothing else.
6908 nil - invoke the default OPERATION, or \"open\" if default is
6909 not defined or unavailable.
6911 DOCUMENT is typically the name of a document file or a URL, but can
6912 also be an executable program to run, or a directory to open in the
6913 Windows Explorer. If it is a file, it must be a local one; this
6914 function does not support remote file names.
6916 If DOCUMENT is an executable program, the optional third arg PARAMETERS
6917 can be a string containing command line parameters that will be passed
6918 to the program. Some values of OPERATION also require parameters (e.g.,
6919 \"printto\" requires the printer address). Otherwise, PARAMETERS should
6920 be nil or unspecified.
6922 Optional fourth argument SHOW-FLAG can be used to control how the
6923 application will be displayed when it is invoked. If SHOW-FLAG is nil
6924 or unspecified, the application is displayed as if SHOW-FLAG of 10 was
6925 specified, otherwise it is an integer between 0 and 11 representing
6926 a ShowWindow flag:
6928 0 - start hidden
6929 1 - start as normal-size window
6930 3 - start in a maximized window
6931 6 - start in a minimized window
6932 10 - start as the application itself specifies; this is the default. */)
6933 (Lisp_Object operation, Lisp_Object document, Lisp_Object parameters, Lisp_Object show_flag)
6935 char *errstr;
6936 Lisp_Object current_dir = BVAR (current_buffer, directory);;
6937 wchar_t *doc_w = NULL, *params_w = NULL, *ops_w = NULL;
6938 intptr_t result;
6939 #ifndef CYGWIN
6940 int use_unicode = w32_unicode_filenames;
6941 char *doc_a = NULL, *params_a = NULL, *ops_a = NULL;
6942 Lisp_Object absdoc, handler;
6943 struct gcpro gcpro1;
6944 #endif
6946 CHECK_STRING (document);
6948 #ifdef CYGWIN
6949 current_dir = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (current_dir, Qt);
6950 document = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (document, Qt);
6952 /* Encode filename, current directory and parameters. */
6953 current_dir = GUI_ENCODE_FILE (current_dir);
6954 document = GUI_ENCODE_FILE (document);
6955 doc_w = GUI_SDATA (document);
6956 if (STRINGP (parameters))
6958 parameters = GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters);
6959 params_w = GUI_SDATA (parameters);
6961 if (STRINGP (operation))
6963 operation = GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (operation);
6964 ops_w = GUI_SDATA (operation);
6966 result = (intptr_t) ShellExecuteW (NULL, ops_w, doc_w, params_w,
6967 GUI_SDATA (current_dir),
6968 (INTEGERP (show_flag)
6969 ? XINT (show_flag) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT));
6970 #else /* !CYGWIN */
6971 current_dir = ENCODE_FILE (current_dir);
6972 /* We have a situation here. If DOCUMENT is a relative file name,
6973 but its name includes leading directories, i.e. it lives not in
6974 CURRENT_DIR, but in its subdirectory, then ShellExecute below
6975 will fail to find it. So we need to make the file name is
6976 absolute. But DOCUMENT does not have to be a file, it can be a
6977 URL, for example. So we make it absolute only if it is an
6978 existing file; if it is a file that does not exist, tough. */
6979 GCPRO1 (absdoc);
6980 absdoc = Fexpand_file_name (document, Qnil);
6981 /* Don't call file handlers for file-exists-p, since they might
6982 attempt to access the file, which could fail or produce undesired
6983 consequences, see bug#16558 for an example. */
6984 handler = Ffind_file_name_handler (absdoc, Qfile_exists_p);
6985 if (NILP (handler))
6987 Lisp_Object absdoc_encoded = ENCODE_FILE (absdoc);
6989 if (faccessat (AT_FDCWD, SSDATA (absdoc_encoded), F_OK, AT_EACCESS) == 0)
6990 document = absdoc_encoded;
6991 else
6992 document = ENCODE_FILE (document);
6994 else
6995 document = ENCODE_FILE (document);
6996 UNGCPRO;
6997 if (use_unicode)
6999 wchar_t document_w[MAX_PATH], current_dir_w[MAX_PATH];
7001 /* Encode filename, current directory and parameters, and
7002 convert operation to UTF-16. */
7003 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (current_dir), current_dir_w);
7004 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (document), document_w);
7005 doc_w = document_w;
7006 if (STRINGP (parameters))
7008 int len;
7010 parameters = ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters);
7011 len = pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_ACP, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
7012 SSDATA (parameters), -1, NULL, 0);
7013 if (len > 32768)
7014 len = 32768;
7015 params_w = alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
7016 pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_ACP, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
7017 SSDATA (parameters), -1, params_w, len);
7019 if (STRINGP (operation))
7021 /* Assume OPERATION is pure ASCII. */
7022 const char *s = SSDATA (operation);
7023 wchar_t *d;
7024 int len = SBYTES (operation) + 1;
7026 if (len > 32768)
7027 len = 32768;
7028 d = ops_w = alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
7029 while (d < ops_w + len - 1)
7030 *d++ = *s++;
7031 *d = 0;
7033 result = (intptr_t) ShellExecuteW (NULL, ops_w, doc_w, params_w,
7034 current_dir_w,
7035 (INTEGERP (show_flag)
7036 ? XINT (show_flag) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT));
7038 else
7040 char document_a[MAX_PATH], current_dir_a[MAX_PATH];
7042 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (current_dir), current_dir_a);
7043 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (document), document_a);
7044 doc_a = document_a;
7045 if (STRINGP (parameters))
7047 parameters = ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters);
7048 params_a = SSDATA (parameters);
7050 if (STRINGP (operation))
7052 /* Assume OPERATION is pure ASCII. */
7053 ops_a = SSDATA (operation);
7055 result = (intptr_t) ShellExecuteA (NULL, ops_a, doc_a, params_a,
7056 current_dir_a,
7057 (INTEGERP (show_flag)
7058 ? XINT (show_flag) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT));
7060 #endif /* !CYGWIN */
7062 if (result > 32)
7063 return Qt;
7065 switch (result)
7067 case SE_ERR_ACCESSDENIED:
7068 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED);
7069 break;
7070 case SE_ERR_ASSOCINCOMPLETE:
7071 case SE_ERR_NOASSOC:
7072 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_NO_ASSOCIATION);
7073 break;
7074 case SE_ERR_DDEBUSY:
7075 case SE_ERR_DDEFAIL:
7076 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_DDE_FAIL);
7077 break;
7078 case SE_ERR_DDETIMEOUT:
7079 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_TIMEOUT);
7080 break;
7081 case SE_ERR_DLLNOTFOUND:
7082 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_DLL_NOT_FOUND);
7083 break;
7084 case SE_ERR_FNF:
7085 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND);
7086 break;
7087 case SE_ERR_OOM:
7088 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY);
7089 break;
7090 case SE_ERR_PNF:
7091 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND);
7092 break;
7093 case SE_ERR_SHARE:
7094 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION);
7095 break;
7096 default:
7097 errstr = w32_strerror (0);
7098 break;
7100 /* The error string might be encoded in the locale's encoding. */
7101 if (!NILP (Vlocale_coding_system))
7103 Lisp_Object decoded =
7104 code_convert_string_norecord (build_unibyte_string (errstr),
7105 Vlocale_coding_system, 0);
7106 errstr = SSDATA (decoded);
7108 error ("ShellExecute failed: %s", errstr);
7111 /* Lookup virtual keycode from string representing the name of a
7112 non-ascii keystroke into the corresponding virtual key, using
7113 lispy_function_keys. */
7114 static int
7115 lookup_vk_code (char *key)
7117 int i;
7119 for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
7120 if (lispy_function_keys[i]
7121 && strcmp (lispy_function_keys[i], key) == 0)
7122 return i;
7124 return -1;
7127 /* Convert a one-element vector style key sequence to a hot key
7128 definition. */
7129 static Lisp_Object
7130 w32_parse_hot_key (Lisp_Object key)
7132 /* Copied from Fdefine_key and store_in_keymap. */
7133 register Lisp_Object c;
7134 int vk_code;
7135 int lisp_modifiers;
7136 int w32_modifiers;
7137 struct gcpro gcpro1;
7139 CHECK_VECTOR (key);
7141 if (ASIZE (key) != 1)
7142 return Qnil;
7144 GCPRO1 (key);
7146 c = AREF (key, 0);
7148 if (CONSP (c) && lucid_event_type_list_p (c))
7149 c = Fevent_convert_list (c);
7151 UNGCPRO;
7153 if (! INTEGERP (c) && ! SYMBOLP (c))
7154 error ("Key definition is invalid");
7156 /* Work out the base key and the modifiers. */
7157 if (SYMBOLP (c))
7159 c = parse_modifiers (c);
7160 lisp_modifiers = XINT (Fcar (Fcdr (c)));
7161 c = Fcar (c);
7162 if (!SYMBOLP (c))
7163 emacs_abort ();
7164 vk_code = lookup_vk_code (SDATA (SYMBOL_NAME (c)));
7166 else if (INTEGERP (c))
7168 lisp_modifiers = XINT (c) & ~CHARACTERBITS;
7169 /* Many ascii characters are their own virtual key code. */
7170 vk_code = XINT (c) & CHARACTERBITS;
7173 if (vk_code < 0 || vk_code > 255)
7174 return Qnil;
7176 if ((lisp_modifiers & meta_modifier) != 0
7177 && !NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta))
7178 lisp_modifiers |= alt_modifier;
7180 /* Supply defs missing from mingw32. */
7181 #ifndef MOD_ALT
7182 #define MOD_ALT 0x0001
7183 #define MOD_CONTROL 0x0002
7184 #define MOD_SHIFT 0x0004
7185 #define MOD_WIN 0x0008
7186 #endif
7188 /* Convert lisp modifiers to Windows hot-key form. */
7189 w32_modifiers = (lisp_modifiers & hyper_modifier) ? MOD_WIN : 0;
7190 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & alt_modifier) ? MOD_ALT : 0;
7191 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & ctrl_modifier) ? MOD_CONTROL : 0;
7192 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & shift_modifier) ? MOD_SHIFT : 0;
7194 return HOTKEY (vk_code, w32_modifiers);
7197 DEFUN ("w32-register-hot-key", Fw32_register_hot_key,
7198 Sw32_register_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
7199 doc: /* Register KEY as a hot-key combination.
7200 Certain key combinations like Alt-Tab are reserved for system use on
7201 Windows, and therefore are normally intercepted by the system. However,
7202 most of these key combinations can be received by registering them as
7203 hot-keys, overriding their special meaning.
7205 KEY must be a one element key definition in vector form that would be
7206 acceptable to `define-key' (e.g. [A-tab] for Alt-Tab). The meta
7207 modifier is interpreted as Alt if `w32-alt-is-meta' is t, and hyper
7208 is always interpreted as the Windows modifier keys.
7210 The return value is the hotkey-id if registered, otherwise nil. */)
7211 (Lisp_Object key)
7213 key = w32_parse_hot_key (key);
7215 if (!NILP (key) && NILP (Fmemq (key, w32_grabbed_keys)))
7217 /* Reuse an empty slot if possible. */
7218 Lisp_Object item = Fmemq (Qnil, w32_grabbed_keys);
7220 /* Safe to add new key to list, even if we have focus. */
7221 if (NILP (item))
7222 w32_grabbed_keys = Fcons (key, w32_grabbed_keys);
7223 else
7224 XSETCAR (item, key);
7226 /* Notify input thread about new hot-key definition, so that it
7227 takes effect without needing to switch focus. */
7228 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY,
7229 (WPARAM) XLI (key), 0);
7232 return key;
7235 DEFUN ("w32-unregister-hot-key", Fw32_unregister_hot_key,
7236 Sw32_unregister_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
7237 doc: /* Unregister KEY as a hot-key combination. */)
7238 (Lisp_Object key)
7240 Lisp_Object item;
7242 if (!INTEGERP (key))
7243 key = w32_parse_hot_key (key);
7245 item = Fmemq (key, w32_grabbed_keys);
7247 if (!NILP (item))
7249 /* Notify input thread about hot-key definition being removed, so
7250 that it takes effect without needing focus switch. */
7251 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY,
7252 (WPARAM) XINT (XCAR (item)), (LPARAM) XLI (item)))
7254 MSG msg;
7255 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
7257 return Qt;
7259 return Qnil;
7262 DEFUN ("w32-registered-hot-keys", Fw32_registered_hot_keys,
7263 Sw32_registered_hot_keys, 0, 0, 0,
7264 doc: /* Return list of registered hot-key IDs. */)
7265 (void)
7267 return Fdelq (Qnil, Fcopy_sequence (w32_grabbed_keys));
7270 DEFUN ("w32-reconstruct-hot-key", Fw32_reconstruct_hot_key,
7271 Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
7272 doc: /* Convert hot-key ID to a lisp key combination.
7273 usage: (w32-reconstruct-hot-key ID) */)
7274 (Lisp_Object hotkeyid)
7276 int vk_code, w32_modifiers;
7277 Lisp_Object key;
7279 CHECK_NUMBER (hotkeyid);
7281 vk_code = HOTKEY_VK_CODE (hotkeyid);
7282 w32_modifiers = HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (hotkeyid);
7284 if (vk_code < 256 && lispy_function_keys[vk_code])
7285 key = intern (lispy_function_keys[vk_code]);
7286 else
7287 key = make_number (vk_code);
7289 key = Fcons (key, Qnil);
7290 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_SHIFT)
7291 key = Fcons (Qshift, key);
7292 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_CONTROL)
7293 key = Fcons (Qctrl, key);
7294 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_ALT)
7295 key = Fcons (NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta) ? Qalt : Qmeta, key);
7296 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_WIN)
7297 key = Fcons (Qhyper, key);
7299 return key;
7302 DEFUN ("w32-toggle-lock-key", Fw32_toggle_lock_key,
7303 Sw32_toggle_lock_key, 1, 2, 0,
7304 doc: /* Toggle the state of the lock key KEY.
7305 KEY can be `capslock', `kp-numlock', or `scroll'.
7306 If the optional parameter NEW-STATE is a number, then the state of KEY
7307 is set to off if the low bit of NEW-STATE is zero, otherwise on. */)
7308 (Lisp_Object key, Lisp_Object new_state)
7310 int vk_code;
7312 if (EQ (key, intern ("capslock")))
7313 vk_code = VK_CAPITAL;
7314 else if (EQ (key, intern ("kp-numlock")))
7315 vk_code = VK_NUMLOCK;
7316 else if (EQ (key, intern ("scroll")))
7317 vk_code = VK_SCROLL;
7318 else
7319 return Qnil;
7321 if (!dwWindowsThreadId)
7322 return make_number (w32_console_toggle_lock_key (vk_code, new_state));
7324 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY,
7325 (WPARAM) vk_code, (LPARAM) XLI (new_state)))
7327 MSG msg;
7328 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
7329 return make_number (msg.wParam);
7331 return Qnil;
7334 DEFUN ("w32-window-exists-p", Fw32_window_exists_p, Sw32_window_exists_p,
7335 2, 2, 0,
7336 doc: /* Return non-nil if a window exists with the specified CLASS and NAME.
7338 This is a direct interface to the Windows API FindWindow function. */)
7339 (Lisp_Object class, Lisp_Object name)
7341 HWND hnd;
7343 if (!NILP (class))
7344 CHECK_STRING (class);
7345 if (!NILP (name))
7346 CHECK_STRING (name);
7348 hnd = FindWindow (STRINGP (class) ? ((LPCTSTR) SDATA (class)) : NULL,
7349 STRINGP (name) ? ((LPCTSTR) SDATA (name)) : NULL);
7350 if (!hnd)
7351 return Qnil;
7352 return Qt;
7355 DEFUN ("w32-frame-rect", Fw32_frame_rect, Sw32_frame_rect, 0, 2, 0,
7356 doc: /* Return boundary rectangle of FRAME in screen coordinates.
7357 FRAME must be a live frame and defaults to the selected one.
7359 The boundary rectangle is a list of four elements, specifying the left,
7360 top, right and bottom screen coordinates of FRAME including menu and
7361 title bar and decorations. Optional argument CLIENT non-nil means to
7362 return the boundaries of the client rectangle which excludes menu and
7363 title bar and decorations. */)
7364 (Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object client)
7366 struct frame *f = decode_live_frame (frame);
7367 RECT rect;
7369 if (!NILP (client))
7370 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
7371 else
7372 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
7374 return list4 (make_number (rect.left), make_number (rect.top),
7375 make_number (rect.right), make_number (rect.bottom));
7378 DEFUN ("w32-battery-status", Fw32_battery_status, Sw32_battery_status, 0, 0, 0,
7379 doc: /* Get power status information from Windows system.
7381 The following %-sequences are provided:
7382 %L AC line status (verbose)
7383 %B Battery status (verbose)
7384 %b Battery status, empty means high, `-' means low,
7385 `!' means critical, and `+' means charging
7386 %p Battery load percentage
7387 %s Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in seconds
7388 %m Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in minutes
7389 %h Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in hours
7390 %t Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in the form `h:min' */)
7391 (void)
7393 Lisp_Object status = Qnil;
7395 SYSTEM_POWER_STATUS system_status;
7396 if (GetSystemPowerStatus (&system_status))
7398 Lisp_Object line_status, battery_status, battery_status_symbol;
7399 Lisp_Object load_percentage, seconds, minutes, hours, remain;
7401 long seconds_left = (long) system_status.BatteryLifeTime;
7403 if (system_status.ACLineStatus == 0)
7404 line_status = build_string ("off-line");
7405 else if (system_status.ACLineStatus == 1)
7406 line_status = build_string ("on-line");
7407 else
7408 line_status = build_string ("N/A");
7410 if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 128)
7412 battery_status = build_string ("N/A");
7413 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
7415 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 8)
7417 battery_status = build_string ("charging");
7418 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("+");
7419 if (system_status.BatteryFullLifeTime != -1L)
7420 seconds_left = system_status.BatteryFullLifeTime - seconds_left;
7422 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 4)
7424 battery_status = build_string ("critical");
7425 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("!");
7427 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 2)
7429 battery_status = build_string ("low");
7430 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("-");
7432 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 1)
7434 battery_status = build_string ("high");
7435 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
7437 else
7439 battery_status = build_string ("medium");
7440 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
7443 if (system_status.BatteryLifePercent > 100)
7444 load_percentage = build_string ("N/A");
7445 else
7447 char buffer[16];
7448 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%d", system_status.BatteryLifePercent);
7449 load_percentage = build_string (buffer);
7452 if (seconds_left < 0)
7453 seconds = minutes = hours = remain = build_string ("N/A");
7454 else
7456 long m;
7457 float h;
7458 char buffer[16];
7459 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld", seconds_left);
7460 seconds = build_string (buffer);
7462 m = seconds_left / 60;
7463 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld", m);
7464 minutes = build_string (buffer);
7466 h = seconds_left / 3600.0;
7467 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%3.1f", h);
7468 hours = build_string (buffer);
7470 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld:%02ld", m / 60, m % 60);
7471 remain = build_string (buffer);
7474 status = listn (CONSTYPE_HEAP, 8,
7475 Fcons (make_number ('L'), line_status),
7476 Fcons (make_number ('B'), battery_status),
7477 Fcons (make_number ('b'), battery_status_symbol),
7478 Fcons (make_number ('p'), load_percentage),
7479 Fcons (make_number ('s'), seconds),
7480 Fcons (make_number ('m'), minutes),
7481 Fcons (make_number ('h'), hours),
7482 Fcons (make_number ('t'), remain));
7484 return status;
7488 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7489 DEFUN ("file-system-info", Ffile_system_info, Sfile_system_info, 1, 1, 0,
7490 doc: /* Return storage information about the file system FILENAME is on.
7491 Value is a list of floats (TOTAL FREE AVAIL), where TOTAL is the total
7492 storage of the file system, FREE is the free storage, and AVAIL is the
7493 storage available to a non-superuser. All 3 numbers are in bytes.
7494 If the underlying system call fails, value is nil. */)
7495 (Lisp_Object filename)
7497 Lisp_Object encoded, value;
7499 CHECK_STRING (filename);
7500 filename = Fexpand_file_name (filename, Qnil);
7501 encoded = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
7503 value = Qnil;
7505 /* Determining the required information on Windows turns out, sadly,
7506 to be more involved than one would hope. The original Windows API
7507 call for this will return bogus information on some systems, but we
7508 must dynamically probe for the replacement api, since that was
7509 added rather late on. */
7511 HMODULE hKernel = GetModuleHandle ("kernel32");
7512 BOOL (WINAPI *pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW)
7513 (wchar_t *, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER)
7514 = GetProcAddress (hKernel, "GetDiskFreeSpaceExW");
7515 BOOL (WINAPI *pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA)
7516 (char *, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER)
7517 = GetProcAddress (hKernel, "GetDiskFreeSpaceExA");
7518 bool have_pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx =
7519 (w32_unicode_filenames && pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW
7520 || !w32_unicode_filenames && pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA);
7522 /* On Windows, we may need to specify the root directory of the
7523 volume holding FILENAME. */
7524 char rootname[MAX_UTF8_PATH];
7525 wchar_t rootname_w[MAX_PATH];
7526 char rootname_a[MAX_PATH];
7527 char *name = SDATA (encoded);
7528 BOOL result;
7530 /* find the root name of the volume if given */
7531 if (isalpha (name[0]) && name[1] == ':')
7533 rootname[0] = name[0];
7534 rootname[1] = name[1];
7535 rootname[2] = '\\';
7536 rootname[3] = 0;
7538 else if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name[0]) && IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name[1]))
7540 char *str = rootname;
7541 int slashes = 4;
7544 if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (*name) && --slashes == 0)
7545 break;
7546 *str++ = *name++;
7548 while ( *name );
7550 *str++ = '\\';
7551 *str = 0;
7554 if (w32_unicode_filenames)
7555 filename_to_utf16 (rootname, rootname_w);
7556 else
7557 filename_to_ansi (rootname, rootname_a);
7559 if (have_pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx)
7561 /* Unsigned large integers cannot be cast to double, so
7562 use signed ones instead. */
7563 LARGE_INTEGER availbytes;
7564 LARGE_INTEGER freebytes;
7565 LARGE_INTEGER totalbytes;
7567 if (w32_unicode_filenames)
7568 result = pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW (rootname_w,
7569 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&availbytes,
7570 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&totalbytes,
7571 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&freebytes);
7572 else
7573 result = pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA (rootname_a,
7574 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&availbytes,
7575 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&totalbytes,
7576 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&freebytes);
7577 if (result)
7578 value = list3 (make_float ((double) totalbytes.QuadPart),
7579 make_float ((double) freebytes.QuadPart),
7580 make_float ((double) availbytes.QuadPart));
7582 else
7584 DWORD sectors_per_cluster;
7585 DWORD bytes_per_sector;
7586 DWORD free_clusters;
7587 DWORD total_clusters;
7589 if (w32_unicode_filenames)
7590 result = GetDiskFreeSpaceW (rootname_w,
7591 &sectors_per_cluster,
7592 &bytes_per_sector,
7593 &free_clusters,
7594 &total_clusters);
7595 else
7596 result = GetDiskFreeSpaceA (rootname_a,
7597 &sectors_per_cluster,
7598 &bytes_per_sector,
7599 &free_clusters,
7600 &total_clusters);
7601 if (result)
7602 value = list3 (make_float ((double) total_clusters
7603 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector),
7604 make_float ((double) free_clusters
7605 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector),
7606 make_float ((double) free_clusters
7607 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector));
7611 return value;
7613 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7616 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7617 DEFUN ("default-printer-name", Fdefault_printer_name, Sdefault_printer_name,
7618 0, 0, 0, doc: /* Return the name of Windows default printer device. */)
7619 (void)
7621 static char pname_buf[256];
7622 int err;
7623 HANDLE hPrn;
7624 PRINTER_INFO_2W *ppi2w = NULL;
7625 PRINTER_INFO_2A *ppi2a = NULL;
7626 DWORD dwNeeded = 0, dwReturned = 0;
7627 char server_name[MAX_UTF8_PATH], share_name[MAX_UTF8_PATH];
7628 char port_name[MAX_UTF8_PATH];
7630 /* Retrieve the default string from Win.ini (the registry).
7631 * String will be in form "printername,drivername,portname".
7632 * This is the most portable way to get the default printer. */
7633 if (GetProfileString ("windows", "device", ",,", pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf)) <= 0)
7634 return Qnil;
7635 /* printername precedes first "," character */
7636 strtok (pname_buf, ",");
7637 /* We want to know more than the printer name */
7638 if (!OpenPrinter (pname_buf, &hPrn, NULL))
7639 return Qnil;
7640 /* GetPrinterW is not supported by unicows.dll. */
7641 if (w32_unicode_filenames && os_subtype != OS_9X)
7642 GetPrinterW (hPrn, 2, NULL, 0, &dwNeeded);
7643 else
7644 GetPrinterA (hPrn, 2, NULL, 0, &dwNeeded);
7645 if (dwNeeded == 0)
7647 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7648 return Qnil;
7650 /* Call GetPrinter again with big enough memory block. */
7651 if (w32_unicode_filenames && os_subtype != OS_9X)
7653 /* Allocate memory for the PRINTER_INFO_2 struct. */
7654 ppi2w = xmalloc (dwNeeded);
7655 err = GetPrinterW (hPrn, 2, (LPBYTE)ppi2w, dwNeeded, &dwReturned);
7656 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7657 if (!err)
7659 xfree (ppi2w);
7660 return Qnil;
7663 if ((ppi2w->Attributes & PRINTER_ATTRIBUTE_SHARED)
7664 && ppi2w->pServerName)
7666 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w->pServerName, server_name);
7667 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w->pShareName, share_name);
7669 else
7671 server_name[0] = '\0';
7672 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w->pPortName, port_name);
7675 else
7677 ppi2a = xmalloc (dwNeeded);
7678 err = GetPrinterA (hPrn, 2, (LPBYTE)ppi2a, dwNeeded, &dwReturned);
7679 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7680 if (!err)
7682 xfree (ppi2a);
7683 return Qnil;
7686 if ((ppi2a->Attributes & PRINTER_ATTRIBUTE_SHARED)
7687 && ppi2a->pServerName)
7689 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a->pServerName, server_name);
7690 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a->pShareName, share_name);
7692 else
7694 server_name[0] = '\0';
7695 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a->pPortName, port_name);
7699 if (server_name[0])
7701 /* a remote printer */
7702 if (server_name[0] == '\\')
7703 snprintf (pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf), "%s\\%s", server_name,
7704 share_name);
7705 else
7706 snprintf (pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf), "\\\\%s\\%s", server_name,
7707 share_name);
7708 pname_buf[sizeof (pname_buf) - 1] = '\0';
7710 else
7712 /* a local printer */
7713 strncpy (pname_buf, port_name, sizeof (pname_buf));
7714 pname_buf[sizeof (pname_buf) - 1] = '\0';
7715 /* `pPortName' can include several ports, delimited by ','.
7716 * we only use the first one. */
7717 strtok (pname_buf, ",");
7720 return DECODE_FILE (build_unibyte_string (pname_buf));
7722 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7725 /* Equivalent of strerror for W32 error codes. */
7726 char *
7727 w32_strerror (int error_no)
7729 static char buf[500];
7730 DWORD ret;
7732 if (error_no == 0)
7733 error_no = GetLastError ();
7735 ret = FormatMessage (FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
7736 FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
7737 NULL,
7738 error_no,
7739 0, /* choose most suitable language */
7740 buf, sizeof (buf), NULL);
7742 while (ret > 0 && (buf[ret - 1] == '\n' ||
7743 buf[ret - 1] == '\r' ))
7744 --ret;
7745 buf[ret] = '\0';
7746 if (!ret)
7747 sprintf (buf, "w32 error %u", error_no);
7749 return buf;
7752 /* For convenience when debugging. (You cannot call GetLastError
7753 directly from GDB: it will crash, because it uses the __stdcall
7754 calling convention, not the _cdecl convention assumed by GDB.) */
7755 DWORD
7756 w32_last_error (void)
7758 return GetLastError ();
7761 /* Cache information describing the NT system for later use. */
7762 void
7763 cache_system_info (void)
7765 union
7767 struct info
7769 char major;
7770 char minor;
7771 short platform;
7772 } info;
7773 DWORD data;
7774 } version;
7776 /* Cache the module handle of Emacs itself. */
7777 hinst = GetModuleHandle (NULL);
7779 /* Cache the version of the operating system. */
7780 version.data = GetVersion ();
7781 w32_major_version = version.info.major;
7782 w32_minor_version = version.info.minor;
7784 if (version.info.platform & 0x8000)
7785 os_subtype = OS_9X;
7786 else
7787 os_subtype = OS_NT;
7789 /* Cache page size, allocation unit, processor type, etc. */
7790 GetSystemInfo (&sysinfo_cache);
7791 syspage_mask = (DWORD_PTR)sysinfo_cache.dwPageSize - 1;
7793 /* Cache os info. */
7794 osinfo_cache.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof (OSVERSIONINFO);
7795 GetVersionEx (&osinfo_cache);
7797 w32_build_number = osinfo_cache.dwBuildNumber;
7798 if (os_subtype == OS_9X)
7799 w32_build_number &= 0xffff;
7801 w32_num_mouse_buttons = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CMOUSEBUTTONS);
7804 #ifdef EMACSDEBUG
7805 void
7806 _DebPrint (const char *fmt, ...)
7808 char buf[1024];
7809 va_list args;
7811 va_start (args, fmt);
7812 vsprintf (buf, fmt, args);
7813 va_end (args);
7814 #if CYGWIN
7815 fprintf (stderr, "%s", buf);
7816 #endif
7817 OutputDebugString (buf);
7819 #endif
7822 w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int vk_code, Lisp_Object new_state)
7824 int cur_state = (GetKeyState (vk_code) & 1);
7826 if (NILP (new_state)
7827 || (NUMBERP (new_state)
7828 && ((XUINT (new_state)) & 1) != cur_state))
7830 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7831 faked_key = vk_code;
7832 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7834 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7835 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7836 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
7837 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7838 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7839 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
7840 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7841 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7842 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
7843 cur_state = !cur_state;
7846 return cur_state;
7849 /* Translate console modifiers to emacs modifiers.
7850 German keyboard support (Kai Morgan Zeise 2/18/95). */
7852 w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (DWORD mods, WORD key)
7854 int retval = 0;
7856 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, and it has been
7857 pressed, first remove those modifiers. */
7858 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
7859 && (mods & (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7860 == (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7861 mods &= ~ (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED);
7863 if (mods & (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_ALT_PRESSED))
7864 retval = ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta)) ? alt_modifier : meta_modifier);
7866 if (mods & (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7868 retval |= ctrl_modifier;
7869 if ((mods & (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7870 == (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7871 retval |= meta_modifier;
7874 if (mods & LEFT_WIN_PRESSED)
7875 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN);
7876 if (mods & RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED)
7877 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN);
7878 if (mods & APPS_PRESSED)
7879 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS);
7880 if (mods & SCROLLLOCK_ON)
7881 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL);
7883 /* Just in case someone wanted the original behavior, make it
7884 optional by setting w32-capslock-is-shiftlock to t. */
7885 if (NILP (Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock)
7886 /* Keys that should _not_ be affected by CapsLock. */
7887 && ( (key == VK_BACK)
7888 || (key == VK_TAB)
7889 || (key == VK_CLEAR)
7890 || (key == VK_RETURN)
7891 || (key == VK_ESCAPE)
7892 || ((key >= VK_SPACE) && (key <= VK_HELP))
7893 || ((key >= VK_NUMPAD0) && (key <= VK_F24))
7894 || ((key >= VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR) && (key <= VK_NUMPAD_DELETE))
7897 /* Only consider shift state. */
7898 if ((mods & SHIFT_PRESSED) != 0)
7899 retval |= shift_modifier;
7901 else
7903 /* Ignore CapsLock state if not enabled. */
7904 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
7905 mods &= ~CAPSLOCK_ON;
7906 if ((mods & (SHIFT_PRESSED | CAPSLOCK_ON)) != 0)
7907 retval |= shift_modifier;
7910 return retval;
7913 /* The return code indicates key code size. cpID is the codepage to
7914 use for translation to Unicode; -1 means use the current console
7915 input codepage. */
7917 w32_kbd_patch_key (KEY_EVENT_RECORD *event, int cpId)
7919 unsigned int key_code = event->wVirtualKeyCode;
7920 unsigned int mods = event->dwControlKeyState;
7921 BYTE keystate[256];
7922 static BYTE ansi_code[4];
7923 static int isdead = 0;
7925 if (isdead == 2)
7927 event->uChar.AsciiChar = ansi_code[2];
7928 isdead = 0;
7929 return 1;
7931 if (event->uChar.AsciiChar != 0)
7932 return 1;
7934 memset (keystate, 0, sizeof (keystate));
7935 keystate[key_code] = 0x80;
7936 if (mods & SHIFT_PRESSED)
7937 keystate[VK_SHIFT] = 0x80;
7938 if (mods & CAPSLOCK_ON)
7939 keystate[VK_CAPITAL] = 1;
7940 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, set the key
7941 states accordingly before invoking ToAscii. */
7942 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
7943 && (mods & LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED) && (mods & RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED))
7945 keystate[VK_CONTROL] = 0x80;
7946 keystate[VK_LCONTROL] = 0x80;
7947 keystate[VK_MENU] = 0x80;
7948 keystate[VK_RMENU] = 0x80;
7951 #if 0
7952 /* Because of an OS bug, ToAscii corrupts the stack when called to
7953 convert a dead key in console mode on NT4. Unfortunately, trying
7954 to check for dead keys using MapVirtualKey doesn't work either -
7955 these functions apparently use internal information about keyboard
7956 layout which doesn't get properly updated in console programs when
7957 changing layout (though apparently it gets partly updated,
7958 otherwise ToAscii wouldn't crash). */
7959 if (is_dead_key (event->wVirtualKeyCode))
7960 return 0;
7961 #endif
7963 /* On NT, call ToUnicode instead and then convert to the current
7964 console input codepage. */
7965 if (os_subtype == OS_NT)
7967 WCHAR buf[128];
7969 isdead = ToUnicode (event->wVirtualKeyCode, event->wVirtualScanCode,
7970 keystate, buf, 128, 0);
7971 if (isdead > 0)
7973 /* When we are called from the GUI message processing code,
7974 we are passed the current keyboard codepage, a positive
7975 number, to use below. */
7976 if (cpId == -1)
7977 cpId = GetConsoleCP ();
7979 event->uChar.UnicodeChar = buf[isdead - 1];
7980 isdead = WideCharToMultiByte (cpId, 0, buf, isdead,
7981 ansi_code, 4, NULL, NULL);
7983 else
7984 isdead = 0;
7986 else
7988 isdead = ToAscii (event->wVirtualKeyCode, event->wVirtualScanCode,
7989 keystate, (LPWORD) ansi_code, 0);
7992 if (isdead == 0)
7993 return 0;
7994 event->uChar.AsciiChar = ansi_code[0];
7995 return isdead;
7999 void
8000 w32_sys_ring_bell (struct frame *f)
8002 if (sound_type == 0xFFFFFFFF)
8004 Beep (666, 100);
8006 else if (sound_type == MB_EMACS_SILENT)
8008 /* Do nothing. */
8010 else
8011 MessageBeep (sound_type);
8015 /***********************************************************************
8016 Initialization
8017 ***********************************************************************/
8019 /* Keep this list in the same order as frame_parms in frame.c.
8020 Use 0 for unsupported frame parameters. */
8022 frame_parm_handler w32_frame_parm_handlers[] =
8024 x_set_autoraise,
8025 x_set_autolower,
8026 x_set_background_color,
8027 x_set_border_color,
8028 x_set_border_width,
8029 x_set_cursor_color,
8030 x_set_cursor_type,
8031 x_set_font,
8032 x_set_foreground_color,
8033 x_set_icon_name,
8034 x_set_icon_type,
8035 x_set_internal_border_width,
8036 x_set_right_divider_width,
8037 x_set_bottom_divider_width,
8038 x_set_menu_bar_lines,
8039 x_set_mouse_color,
8040 x_explicitly_set_name,
8041 x_set_scroll_bar_width,
8042 x_set_title,
8043 x_set_unsplittable,
8044 x_set_vertical_scroll_bars,
8045 x_set_visibility,
8046 x_set_tool_bar_lines,
8047 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_foreground, */
8048 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_background, */
8049 x_set_screen_gamma,
8050 x_set_line_spacing,
8051 x_set_fringe_width,
8052 x_set_fringe_width,
8053 0, /* x_set_wait_for_wm, */
8054 x_set_fullscreen,
8055 x_set_font_backend,
8056 x_set_alpha,
8057 0, /* x_set_sticky */
8058 0, /* x_set_tool_bar_position */
8061 void
8062 syms_of_w32fns (void)
8064 globals_of_w32fns ();
8065 track_mouse_window = NULL;
8067 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
8069 DEFSYM (Qsuppress_icon, "suppress-icon");
8070 DEFSYM (Qundefined_color, "undefined-color");
8071 DEFSYM (Qcancel_timer, "cancel-timer");
8072 DEFSYM (Qhyper, "hyper");
8073 DEFSYM (Qsuper, "super");
8074 DEFSYM (Qmeta, "meta");
8075 DEFSYM (Qalt, "alt");
8076 DEFSYM (Qctrl, "ctrl");
8077 DEFSYM (Qcontrol, "control");
8078 DEFSYM (Qshift, "shift");
8079 DEFSYM (Qfont_param, "font-parameter");
8080 DEFSYM (Qgeometry, "geometry");
8081 DEFSYM (Qworkarea, "workarea");
8082 DEFSYM (Qmm_size, "mm-size");
8083 DEFSYM (Qframes, "frames");
8084 /* This is the end of symbol initialization. */
8087 Fput (Qundefined_color, Qerror_conditions,
8088 listn (CONSTYPE_PURE, 2, Qundefined_color, Qerror));
8089 Fput (Qundefined_color, Qerror_message,
8090 build_pure_c_string ("Undefined color"));
8092 staticpro (&w32_grabbed_keys);
8093 w32_grabbed_keys = Qnil;
8095 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-color-map", Vw32_color_map,
8096 doc: /* An array of color name mappings for Windows. */);
8097 Vw32_color_map = Qnil;
8099 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-alt-to-system", Vw32_pass_alt_to_system,
8100 doc: /* Non-nil if Alt key presses are passed on to Windows.
8101 When non-nil, for example, Alt pressed and released and then space will
8102 open the System menu. When nil, Emacs processes the Alt key events, and
8103 then silently swallows them. */);
8104 Vw32_pass_alt_to_system = Qnil;
8106 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-alt-is-meta", Vw32_alt_is_meta,
8107 doc: /* Non-nil if the Alt key is to be considered the same as the META key.
8108 When nil, Emacs will translate the Alt key to the ALT modifier, not to META. */);
8109 Vw32_alt_is_meta = Qt;
8111 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-quit-key", w32_quit_key,
8112 doc: /* If non-zero, the virtual key code for an alternative quit key. */);
8113 w32_quit_key = 0;
8115 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-lwindow-to-system",
8116 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system,
8117 doc: /* If non-nil, the left \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
8119 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
8120 If you set this to nil, the left \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
8121 according to the value of `w32-lwindow-modifier', which see.
8123 Note that some combinations of the left \"Windows\" key with other keys are
8124 caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
8125 effect. For example, <lwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
8126 <lwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc. However, see
8127 the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
8128 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system = Qt;
8130 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-rwindow-to-system",
8131 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system,
8132 doc: /* If non-nil, the right \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
8134 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
8135 If you set this to nil, the right \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
8136 according to the value of `w32-rwindow-modifier', which see.
8138 Note that some combinations of the right \"Windows\" key with other keys are
8139 caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
8140 effect. For example, <rwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
8141 <rwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc. However, see
8142 the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
8143 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system = Qt;
8145 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-phantom-key-code",
8146 Vw32_phantom_key_code,
8147 doc: /* Virtual key code used to generate \"phantom\" key presses.
8148 Value is a number between 0 and 255.
8150 Phantom key presses are generated in order to stop the system from
8151 acting on \"Windows\" key events when `w32-pass-lwindow-to-system' or
8152 `w32-pass-rwindow-to-system' is nil. */);
8153 /* Although 255 is technically not a valid key code, it works and
8154 means that this hack won't interfere with any real key code. */
8155 XSETINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code, 255);
8157 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-num-lock",
8158 Vw32_enable_num_lock,
8159 doc: /* If non-nil, the Num Lock key acts normally.
8160 Set to nil to handle Num Lock as the `kp-numlock' key. */);
8161 Vw32_enable_num_lock = Qt;
8163 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-caps-lock",
8164 Vw32_enable_caps_lock,
8165 doc: /* If non-nil, the Caps Lock key acts normally.
8166 Set to nil to handle Caps Lock as the `capslock' key. */);
8167 Vw32_enable_caps_lock = Qt;
8169 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-scroll-lock-modifier",
8170 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier,
8171 doc: /* Modifier to use for the Scroll Lock ON state.
8172 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8173 respective modifier, or nil to handle Scroll Lock as the `scroll' key.
8174 Any other value will cause the Scroll Lock key to be ignored. */);
8175 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier = Qnil;
8177 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-lwindow-modifier",
8178 Vw32_lwindow_modifier,
8179 doc: /* Modifier to use for the left \"Windows\" key.
8180 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8181 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `lwindow' key.
8182 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8183 Vw32_lwindow_modifier = Qnil;
8185 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-rwindow-modifier",
8186 Vw32_rwindow_modifier,
8187 doc: /* Modifier to use for the right \"Windows\" key.
8188 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8189 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `rwindow' key.
8190 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8191 Vw32_rwindow_modifier = Qnil;
8193 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-apps-modifier",
8194 Vw32_apps_modifier,
8195 doc: /* Modifier to use for the \"Apps\" key.
8196 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8197 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `apps' key.
8198 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8199 Vw32_apps_modifier = Qnil;
8201 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-synthesized-fonts", w32_enable_synthesized_fonts,
8202 doc: /* Non-nil enables selection of artificially italicized and bold fonts. */);
8203 w32_enable_synthesized_fonts = 0;
8205 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-palette", Vw32_enable_palette,
8206 doc: /* Non-nil enables Windows palette management to map colors exactly. */);
8207 Vw32_enable_palette = Qt;
8209 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-button-tolerance",
8210 w32_mouse_button_tolerance,
8211 doc: /* Analogue of double click interval for faking middle mouse events.
8212 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
8213 left and right button down events before they are considered distinct events.
8214 If both mouse buttons are depressed within this interval, a middle mouse
8215 button down event is generated instead. */);
8216 w32_mouse_button_tolerance = GetDoubleClickTime () / 2;
8218 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-move-interval",
8219 w32_mouse_move_interval,
8220 doc: /* Minimum interval between mouse move events.
8221 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
8222 successive mouse move (or scroll bar drag) events before they are
8223 reported as lisp events. */);
8224 w32_mouse_move_interval = 0;
8226 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system",
8227 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system,
8228 doc: /* If non-nil, the fourth and fifth mouse buttons are passed to Windows.
8229 Recent versions of Windows support mice with up to five buttons.
8230 Since most applications don't support these extra buttons, most mouse
8231 drivers will allow you to map them to functions at the system level.
8232 If this variable is non-nil, Emacs will pass them on, allowing the
8233 system to handle them. */);
8234 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system = 0;
8236 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-multimedia-buttons-to-system",
8237 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system,
8238 doc: /* If non-nil, media buttons are passed to Windows.
8239 Some modern keyboards contain buttons for controlling media players, web
8240 browsers and other applications. Generally these buttons are handled on a
8241 system wide basis, but by setting this to nil they are made available
8242 to Emacs for binding. Depending on your keyboard, additional keys that
8243 may be available are:
8245 browser-back, browser-forward, browser-refresh, browser-stop,
8246 browser-search, browser-favorites, browser-home,
8247 mail, mail-reply, mail-forward, mail-send,
8248 app-1, app-2,
8249 help, find, new, open, close, save, print, undo, redo, copy, cut, paste,
8250 spell-check, correction-list, toggle-dictate-command,
8251 media-next, media-previous, media-stop, media-play-pause, media-select,
8252 media-play, media-pause, media-record, media-fast-forward, media-rewind,
8253 media-channel-up, media-channel-down,
8254 volume-mute, volume-up, volume-down,
8255 mic-volume-mute, mic-volume-down, mic-volume-up, mic-toggle,
8256 bass-down, bass-boost, bass-up, treble-down, treble-up */);
8257 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system = 1;
8259 #if 0 /* TODO: Mouse cursor customization. */
8260 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pointer-shape", Vx_pointer_shape,
8261 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when over text.
8262 Changing the value does not affect existing frames
8263 unless you set the mouse color. */);
8264 Vx_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8266 Vx_nontext_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8268 Vx_mode_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8270 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hourglass-pointer-shape", Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape,
8271 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when Emacs is busy.
8272 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8273 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8274 Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8276 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-sensitive-text-pointer-shape",
8277 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape,
8278 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when over mouse-sensitive text.
8279 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8280 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8281 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8283 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-window-horizontal-drag-cursor",
8284 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape,
8285 doc: /* Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged horizontally.
8286 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8287 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8288 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape = Qnil;
8290 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-window-vertical-drag-cursor",
8291 Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape,
8292 doc: /* Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged vertically.
8293 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8294 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8295 Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape = Qnil;
8296 #endif
8298 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-cursor-fore-pixel", Vx_cursor_fore_pixel,
8299 doc: /* A string indicating the foreground color of the cursor box. */);
8300 Vx_cursor_fore_pixel = Qnil;
8302 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-max-tooltip-size", Vx_max_tooltip_size,
8303 doc: /* Maximum size for tooltips.
8304 Value is a pair (COLUMNS . ROWS). Text larger than this is clipped. */);
8305 Vx_max_tooltip_size = Fcons (make_number (80), make_number (40));
8307 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-no-window-manager", Vx_no_window_manager,
8308 doc: /* Non-nil if no window manager is in use.
8309 Emacs doesn't try to figure this out; this is always nil
8310 unless you set it to something else. */);
8311 /* We don't have any way to find this out, so set it to nil
8312 and maybe the user would like to set it to t. */
8313 Vx_no_window_manager = Qnil;
8315 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pixel-size-width-font-regexp",
8316 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp,
8317 doc: /* Regexp matching a font name whose width is the same as `PIXEL_SIZE'.
8319 Since Emacs gets width of a font matching with this regexp from
8320 PIXEL_SIZE field of the name, font finding mechanism gets faster for
8321 such a font. This is especially effective for such large fonts as
8322 Chinese, Japanese, and Korean. */);
8323 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp = Qnil;
8325 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-bdf-filename-alist",
8326 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist,
8327 doc: /* List of bdf fonts and their corresponding filenames. */);
8328 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist = Qnil;
8330 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-fontnames",
8331 w32_strict_fontnames,
8332 doc: /* Non-nil means only use fonts that are exact matches for those requested.
8333 Default is nil, which allows old fontnames that are not XLFD compliant,
8334 and allows third-party CJK display to work by specifying false charset
8335 fields to trick Emacs into translating to Big5, SJIS etc.
8336 Setting this to t will prevent wrong fonts being selected when
8337 fontsets are automatically created. */);
8338 w32_strict_fontnames = 0;
8340 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-painting",
8341 w32_strict_painting,
8342 doc: /* Non-nil means use strict rules for repainting frames.
8343 Set this to nil to get the old behavior for repainting; this should
8344 only be necessary if the default setting causes problems. */);
8345 w32_strict_painting = 1;
8347 #if 0 /* TODO: Port to W32 */
8348 defsubr (&Sx_change_window_property);
8349 defsubr (&Sx_delete_window_property);
8350 defsubr (&Sx_window_property);
8351 #endif
8352 defsubr (&Sxw_display_color_p);
8353 defsubr (&Sx_display_grayscale_p);
8354 defsubr (&Sxw_color_defined_p);
8355 defsubr (&Sxw_color_values);
8356 defsubr (&Sx_server_max_request_size);
8357 defsubr (&Sx_server_vendor);
8358 defsubr (&Sx_server_version);
8359 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_width);
8360 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_height);
8361 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_width);
8362 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_height);
8363 defsubr (&Sx_display_screens);
8364 defsubr (&Sx_display_planes);
8365 defsubr (&Sx_display_color_cells);
8366 defsubr (&Sx_display_visual_class);
8367 defsubr (&Sx_display_backing_store);
8368 defsubr (&Sx_display_save_under);
8369 defsubr (&Sx_create_frame);
8370 defsubr (&Sx_open_connection);
8371 defsubr (&Sx_close_connection);
8372 defsubr (&Sx_display_list);
8373 defsubr (&Sx_synchronize);
8375 /* W32 specific functions */
8377 defsubr (&Sw32_define_rgb_color);
8378 defsubr (&Sw32_default_color_map);
8379 defsubr (&Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list);
8380 defsubr (&Sw32_send_sys_command);
8381 defsubr (&Sw32_shell_execute);
8382 defsubr (&Sw32_register_hot_key);
8383 defsubr (&Sw32_unregister_hot_key);
8384 defsubr (&Sw32_registered_hot_keys);
8385 defsubr (&Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key);
8386 defsubr (&Sw32_toggle_lock_key);
8387 defsubr (&Sw32_window_exists_p);
8388 defsubr (&Sw32_frame_rect);
8389 defsubr (&Sw32_battery_status);
8391 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
8392 defsubr (&Sfile_system_info);
8393 defsubr (&Sdefault_printer_name);
8394 #endif
8396 defsubr (&Sset_message_beep);
8398 hourglass_hwnd = NULL;
8400 defsubr (&Sx_show_tip);
8401 defsubr (&Sx_hide_tip);
8402 tip_timer = Qnil;
8403 staticpro (&tip_timer);
8404 tip_frame = Qnil;
8405 staticpro (&tip_frame);
8407 last_show_tip_args = Qnil;
8408 staticpro (&last_show_tip_args);
8410 defsubr (&Sx_file_dialog);
8411 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
8412 defsubr (&Ssystem_move_file_to_trash);
8413 #endif
8418 /* Crashing and reporting backtrace. */
8420 #ifndef CYGWIN
8421 static LONG CALLBACK my_exception_handler (EXCEPTION_POINTERS *);
8422 static LPTOP_LEVEL_EXCEPTION_FILTER prev_exception_handler;
8423 #endif
8424 static DWORD except_code;
8425 static PVOID except_addr;
8427 #ifndef CYGWIN
8428 /* This handler records the exception code and the address where it
8429 was triggered so that this info could be included in the backtrace.
8430 Without that, the backtrace in some cases has no information
8431 whatsoever about the offending code, and looks as if the top-level
8432 exception handler in the MinGW startup code di the one that
8433 crashed. */
8434 static LONG CALLBACK
8435 my_exception_handler (EXCEPTION_POINTERS * exception_data)
8437 except_code = exception_data->ExceptionRecord->ExceptionCode;
8438 except_addr = exception_data->ExceptionRecord->ExceptionAddress;
8440 if (prev_exception_handler)
8441 return prev_exception_handler (exception_data);
8442 return EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER;
8444 #endif
8446 typedef USHORT (WINAPI * CaptureStackBackTrace_proc) (ULONG, ULONG, PVOID *,
8447 PULONG);
8449 #define BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX 62
8452 w32_backtrace (void **buffer, int limit)
8454 static CaptureStackBackTrace_proc s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace = NULL;
8455 HMODULE hm_kernel32 = NULL;
8457 if (!s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace)
8459 hm_kernel32 = LoadLibrary ("Kernel32.dll");
8460 s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace =
8461 (CaptureStackBackTrace_proc) GetProcAddress (hm_kernel32,
8462 "RtlCaptureStackBackTrace");
8464 if (s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace)
8465 return s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace (0, min (BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX, limit),
8466 buffer, NULL);
8467 return 0;
8470 void
8471 emacs_abort (void)
8473 int button;
8474 button = MessageBox (NULL,
8475 "A fatal error has occurred!\n\n"
8476 "Would you like to attach a debugger?\n\n"
8477 "Select:\n"
8478 "YES -- to debug Emacs, or\n"
8479 "NO -- to abort Emacs and produce a backtrace\n"
8480 " (emacs_backtrace.txt in current directory)."
8481 #if __GNUC__
8482 "\n\n(type \"gdb -p <emacs-PID>\" and\n"
8483 "\"continue\" inside GDB before clicking YES.)"
8484 #endif
8485 , "Emacs Abort Dialog",
8486 MB_ICONEXCLAMATION | MB_TASKMODAL
8487 | MB_SETFOREGROUND | MB_YESNO);
8488 switch (button)
8490 case IDYES:
8491 DebugBreak ();
8492 exit (2); /* tell the compiler we will never return */
8493 case IDNO:
8494 default:
8496 void *stack[BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX + 1];
8497 int i = w32_backtrace (stack, BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX + 1);
8499 if (i)
8501 int errfile_fd = -1;
8502 int j;
8503 char buf[sizeof ("\r\nException at this address:\r\n\r\n")
8504 /* The type below should really be 'void *', but
8505 INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND cannot handle that without
8506 triggering compiler warnings (under certain
8507 pedantic warning switches), it wants an
8508 integer type. */
8509 + 2 * INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (intptr_t)];
8510 #ifdef CYGWIN
8511 int stderr_fd = 2;
8512 #else
8513 HANDLE errout = GetStdHandle (STD_ERROR_HANDLE);
8514 int stderr_fd = -1;
8516 if (errout && errout != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
8517 stderr_fd = _open_osfhandle ((intptr_t)errout, O_APPEND | O_BINARY);
8518 #endif
8520 /* We use %p, not 0x%p, as %p produces a leading "0x" on XP,
8521 but not on Windows 7. addr2line doesn't mind a missing
8522 "0x", but will be confused by an extra one. */
8523 if (except_addr)
8524 sprintf (buf, "\r\nException 0x%lx at this address:\r\n%p\r\n",
8525 except_code, except_addr);
8526 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8528 if (except_addr)
8529 write (stderr_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8530 write (stderr_fd, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
8532 #ifdef CYGWIN
8533 #define _open open
8534 #endif
8535 errfile_fd = _open ("emacs_backtrace.txt", O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_BINARY, S_IREAD | S_IWRITE);
8536 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8538 lseek (errfile_fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
8539 if (except_addr)
8540 write (errfile_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8541 write (errfile_fd, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
8544 for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
8546 /* stack[] gives the return addresses, whereas we want
8547 the address of the call, so decrease each address
8548 by approximate size of 1 CALL instruction. */
8549 sprintf (buf, "%p\r\n", (char *)stack[j] - sizeof(void *));
8550 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8551 write (stderr_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8552 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8553 write (errfile_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8555 if (i == BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX)
8557 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8558 write (stderr_fd, "...\r\n", 5);
8559 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8560 write (errfile_fd, "...\r\n", 5);
8562 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8563 close (errfile_fd);
8565 abort ();
8566 break;
8573 /* Initialization. */
8576 globals_of_w32fns is used to initialize those global variables that
8577 must always be initialized on startup even when the global variable
8578 initialized is non zero (see the function main in emacs.c).
8579 globals_of_w32fns is called from syms_of_w32fns when the global
8580 variable initialized is 0 and directly from main when initialized
8581 is non zero.
8583 void
8584 globals_of_w32fns (void)
8586 HMODULE user32_lib = GetModuleHandle ("user32.dll");
8588 TrackMouseEvent not available in all versions of Windows, so must load
8589 it dynamically. Do it once, here, instead of every time it is used.
8591 track_mouse_event_fn = (TrackMouseEvent_Proc)
8592 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "TrackMouseEvent");
8594 monitor_from_point_fn = (MonitorFromPoint_Proc)
8595 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "MonitorFromPoint");
8596 get_monitor_info_fn = (GetMonitorInfo_Proc)
8597 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "GetMonitorInfoA");
8598 monitor_from_window_fn = (MonitorFromWindow_Proc)
8599 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "MonitorFromWindow");
8600 enum_display_monitors_fn = (EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc)
8601 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "EnumDisplayMonitors");
8604 HMODULE imm32_lib = GetModuleHandle ("imm32.dll");
8605 get_composition_string_fn = (ImmGetCompositionString_Proc)
8606 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmGetCompositionStringW");
8607 get_ime_context_fn = (ImmGetContext_Proc)
8608 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmGetContext");
8609 release_ime_context_fn = (ImmReleaseContext_Proc)
8610 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmReleaseContext");
8611 set_ime_composition_window_fn = (ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc)
8612 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmSetCompositionWindow");
8615 except_code = 0;
8616 except_addr = 0;
8617 #ifndef CYGWIN
8618 prev_exception_handler = SetUnhandledExceptionFilter (my_exception_handler);
8619 #endif
8621 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-ansi-code-page",
8622 w32_ansi_code_page,
8623 doc: /* The ANSI code page used by the system. */);
8624 w32_ansi_code_page = GetACP ();
8626 if (os_subtype == OS_NT)
8627 w32_unicode_gui = 1;
8628 else
8629 w32_unicode_gui = 0;
8631 /* MessageBox does not work without this when linked to comctl32.dll 6.0. */
8632 InitCommonControls ();
8634 syms_of_w32uniscribe ();
8637 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
8639 Lisp_Object
8640 ntgui_encode_system (Lisp_Object str)
8642 Lisp_Object encoded;
8643 to_unicode (str, &encoded);
8644 return encoded;
8647 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */